patch 8.1.1036: quickfix function arguments are inconsistent

Problem:    Quickfix function arguments are inconsistent.
Solution:   Pass a list pointer to more functions. (Yegappan Lakshmanan,
            closes #4149)

.travis.yml

@@ -10,54 +10,58 @@ compiler:
   - gcc
 
 env:
-  - BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny  CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-    # ASAN build
-  - BUILD=yes TEST=test SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
+  - &tiny-nogui
+    BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny "CONFOPT='--disable-gui'" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+  - &tiny
+    BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+  - &asan # ASAN build
+    BUILD=yes TEST=test SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
     FEATURES=huge SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
     "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
-  - BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+  - &linux-huge
+    BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
-  - BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
-  - BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-  - BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-    # Mac OSX build
-  - BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+  - &unittests
+    BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+  - &normal
+    BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+  - &small
+    BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+  - &osx-huge # Mac OSX build
+    BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
 
 sudo: false
 
-# instead of a 2*2*7 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 7*env),
+# instead of a 2*2*8 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 8*env),
 # exclude some builds on mac os x and linux
+# on mac os x "tiny" is always without GUI
 # linux: 2*compiler + 5*env + mac: 2*compiler + 2*env
 matrix:
   exclude:
     - os: osx
-      env: BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      env: *tiny
     - os: osx
-      env: BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+      env: *normal
     - os: osx
-      env: BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      env: *unittests
     - os: osx
-      env: BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-            "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+      env: *small
     - os: osx
-      env: BUILD=yes TEST=test SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
-            FEATURES=huge SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
-            "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+      env: *linux-huge
+    - os: osx
+      env: *asan
     - os: linux
       compiler: clang
-      env: BUILD=yes TEST=test SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
-            FEATURES=huge SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
-            "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+      env: *asan
     - os: linux
       compiler: clang
-      env: BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+      env: *unittests
     - os: linux
       compiler: clang
-      env: BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      env: *small
     - os: linux
-      env: BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-            "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
+      env: *osx-huge
 
 branches:
   except:
@@ -78,38 +82,90 @@ addons:
       - tcl-dev
       - cscope
       - libgtk2.0-dev
+  homebrew:
+    packages:
+      - lua
+    update: true
 
 before_install:
   - rvm reset
-    # Remove /opt/python/3.x.x/bin from $PATH for using system python3.
-    # ("pyenv global system" doesn't seem to work.)
-  - if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ] && which python3 | grep '/opt/python/' > /dev/null; then export PATH=$(echo $PATH | sed -e "s#$(echo $(which python3) | sed -e 's#/python3$##'):##"); fi
-  - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then pip install --user cpp-coveralls; fi
-    # needed for https support for coveralls
-    # building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
-  - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then CC=gcc pip install --user pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1; fi
-    # Lua is not installed on Travis OSX
-  - if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "osx" ]; then export HOMEBREW_NO_AUTO_UPDATE=1; brew update; brew install lua; export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local; fi
-    # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
-  - if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ] && [ "$CC" = "clang" ]; then ln -sf $(which llvm-cov) /home/travis/bin/gcov; fi
+  # Remove /opt/python/3.x.x/bin from $PATH for using system python3.
+  # ("pyenv global system" doesn't seem to work.)
+  - |
+    if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "linux" ]] && [[ "$(which python3)" =~ ^/opt/python/ ]]; then
+      export PATH=$(py3=$(which python3); echo ${PATH//${py3%/python3}:/})
+    fi
+  - |
+    if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
+      pip install --user cpp-coveralls
+    fi
+  # needed for https support for coveralls
+  # building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
+  - |
+    if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
+      CC=gcc pip install --user pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
+    fi
+  # Lua is not installed on Travis OSX
+  - |
+    if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "osx" ]]; then
+      export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local
+    fi
+  # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
+  - |
+    if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "linux" ]] && [[ "${CC}" = "clang" ]]; then
+      ln -sf "$(which llvm-cov)" /home/travis/bin/gcov
+    fi
 
-# Start virtual framebuffer to be able to test the GUI. Does not work on OS X.
 before_script:
-  - if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ]; then export DISPLAY=:99.0 && sh -e /etc/init.d/xvfb start && sleep 3; fi
+  # Start virtual framebuffer to be able to test the GUI. Does not work on OS X.
+  - |
+    if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "linux" ]]; then
+      export DISPLAY=:99.0
+      sh -e /etc/init.d/xvfb start && sleep 3
+    fi
 
 script:
   - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
-  - if [ "$CHECK_AUTOCONF" = "yes" -a "$CC" = "gcc" ]; then make -C src autoconf; fi
-  - if [ "x$SHADOWOPT" != x ]; then make -C src shadow; fi
-  - (cd ${SRCDIR} && ./configure --with-features=$FEATURES $CONFOPT --enable-fail-if-missing && if [ "$BUILD" = "yes" ]; then make -j$NPROC; fi)
-    # Show Vim version and also if_xx versions.
-  - if [ "$BUILD" = "yes" ]; then ${SRCDIR}/vim --version; ${SRCDIR}/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S ${SRCDIR}/testdir/if_ver-1.vim -c quit > /dev/null; ${SRCDIR}/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S ${SRCDIR}/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null; cat if_ver.txt; fi
-  - make $SHADOWOPT $TEST
-  - if [ -n "$ASAN_OPTIONS" ]; then for log in $(find -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0); do asan_symbolize < "$log"; err=1; done; fi
-  - if [ -n "$err" ]; then exit 1; fi
+  - |
+    if [[ "${CHECK_AUTOCONF}" = "yes" ]] && [[ "${CC}" = "gcc" ]]; then
+      make -C src autoconf
+    fi
+  - |
+    if [[ -n "${SHADOWOPT}" ]]; then
+      make -C src shadow
+    fi
+  - |
+    (
+    cd "${SRCDIR}" \
+      && ./configure --with-features=${FEATURES} ${CONFOPT} --enable-fail-if-missing
+    ) && if [[ "${BUILD}" = "yes" ]]; then
+      make ${SHADOWOPT} -j${NPROC}
+    fi
+  # Show Vim version and also if_xx versions.
+  - |
+    if [[ "${BUILD}" = "yes" ]]; then
+      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --version
+      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-1.vim -c quit > /dev/null
+      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null
+      cat if_ver.txt
+    fi
+  - make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}
+  - |
+    if [[ -n "${ASAN_OPTIONS}" ]]; then
+      while read log; do
+        asan_symbolize < "${log}"
+      done < <(find . -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0)
+      [[ -z "${log}" ]] # exit 1 if there are ASAN logs
+    fi
 
 after_success:
-  - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b ${SRCDIR} -x .xs -e ${SRCDIR}/if_perl.c -e ${SRCDIR}/xxd -e ${SRCDIR}/libvterm --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR; fi
-  - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then  cd ${SRCDIR} && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash) ; fi
+  - |
+    if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
+      ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR
+    fi
+  - |
+    if [[ "${COVERAGE}" = "yes" ]]; then
+      (cd "${SRCDIR}" && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash))
+    fi
 
 # vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:

Filelist

@@ -7,15 +7,17 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.lgtm.yml \
 		.travis.yml \
 		appveyor.yml \
+		ci/appveyor.bat \
 		src/Make_all.mak \
-		src/appveyor.bat \
 		src/README.txt \
 		src/alloc.h \
 		src/arabic.c \
 		src/arabic.h \
 		src/ascii.h \
+		src/autocmd.c \
 		src/beval.c \
 		src/beval.h \
+		src/blob.c \
 		src/blowfish.c \
 		src/buffer.c \
 		src/channel.c \
@@ -35,10 +37,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/ex_docmd.c \
 		src/ex_eval.c \
 		src/ex_getln.c \
-		src/farsi.c \
-		src/farsi.h \
 		src/feature.h \
 		src/fileio.c \
+		src/findfile.c \
 		src/fold.c \
 		src/getchar.c \
 		src/globals.h \
@@ -47,6 +48,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/gui_beval.c \
 		src/hardcopy.c \
 		src/hashtab.c \
+		src/indent.c \
 		src/json.c \
 		src/json_test.c \
 		src/kword_test.c \
@@ -145,7 +147,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/protodef.h \
 		src/proto/arabic.pro \
+		src/proto/autocmd.pro \
 		src/proto/beval.pro \
+		src/proto/blob.pro \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
@@ -163,14 +167,15 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/ex_docmd.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_eval.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_getln.pro \
-		src/proto/farsi.pro \
 		src/proto/fileio.pro \
+		src/proto/findfile.pro \
 		src/proto/fold.pro \
 		src/proto/getchar.pro \
 		src/proto/gui.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_beval.pro \
 		src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
 		src/proto/hashtab.pro \
+		src/proto/indent.pro \
 		src/proto/json.pro \
 		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
@@ -334,8 +339,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_x11_pm.h \
 		src/hangulin.c \
 		src/if_xcmdsrv.c \
-		src/integration.c \
-		src/integration.h \
 		src/link.sh \
 		src/installman.sh \
 		src/installml.sh \
@@ -358,7 +361,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/proto/if_xcmdsrv.pro \
 		src/proto/os_unix.pro \
 		src/proto/pty.pro \
-		src/proto/workshop.pro \
 		src/pty.c \
 		src/testdir/Makefile \
 		src/testdir/unix.vim \
@@ -368,10 +370,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/vimtutor \
 		src/gvimtutor \
 		src/which.sh \
-		src/workshop.c \
-		src/workshop.h \
-		src/wsdebug.c \
-		src/wsdebug.h \
 		src/tee/Makefile \
 		src/xxd/Makefile \
 
@@ -665,6 +663,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/plugin/matchit.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/matchit.txt \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/tags \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/autoload/*.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/shellmenu/plugin/shellmenu.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/termdebug/plugin/termdebug.vim \
@@ -835,8 +834,6 @@ EXTRA =		\
 		$(SRC_EXTRA) \
 		README_extra.txt \
 		src/VisVim/VisVim.dll \
-		farsi/README.txt \
-		farsi/fonts/*/far-* \
 		runtime/vimlogo.xpm \
 		src/tee/Makefile \
 		src/tee/Make_mvc.mak \

README.md

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 ![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)
 
 [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
-[![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master)
-[![Coverage Status](https://coveralls.io/repos/github/vim/vim/badge.svg?branch=master)](https://coveralls.io/github/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
+[![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)
 [![Language Grade: C/C++](https://img.shields.io/lgtm/grade/cpp/g/vim/vim.svg?logo=lgtm&logoWidth=18)](https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/context:cpp)
 [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim)
+[![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim)
 
 
 ## What is Vim? ##

appveyor.yml

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ before_build:
   - 'set INCLUDE=%INCLUDE%C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\8.1\Include\um'
 
 build_script:
-  - src/appveyor.bat
+  - ci/appveyor.bat
 
 test_script:
   - cd src/testdir

ci/appveyor.bat

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ cd %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%
 cd src
 echo "Building MinGW 32bit console version"
 set PATH=c:\msys64\mingw32\bin;%PATH%
-mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak GUI=no OPTIMIZE=speed IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak GUI=no OPTIMIZE=speed IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 :: Save vim.exe before Make clean, moved back below.
 copy vim.exe testdir
 mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak clean
@@ -16,24 +16,24 @@ mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak clean
 :: with specified features without python.
 echo "Building MinGW 32bit GUI version"
 if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
-    mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak OPTIMIZE=speed CHANNEL=yes GUI=yes IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27 PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35 FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+    mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak OPTIMIZE=speed CHANNEL=yes GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27 PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35 FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 ) ELSE (
-    mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak OPTIMIZE=speed GUI=yes IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+    mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak OPTIMIZE=speed GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 )
 .\gvim -u NONE -c "redir @a | ver |0put a | wq" ver_ming.txt
 
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit console Version"
 sed -e "s/\$(LINKARGS2)/\$(LINKARGS2) | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
-nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=no IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=no IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak clean
 
 :: build MSVC huge version with python and channel support
 :: GUI needs to be last, so that testing works
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit GUI Version"
 if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
-    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak DIRECTX=yes CPU=AMD64 CHANNEL=yes OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35-x64 FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak DIRECTX=yes CPU=AMD64 CHANNEL=yes OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35-x64 FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 ) ELSE (
-    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 )
 .\gvim -u NONE -c "redir @a | ver |0put a | wq" ver_msvc.txt
 

farsi/README.txt

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-For information about installation of Farsi fonts and Vim usage in Farsi mode,
-refer to the Farsi help file by typing ":help farsi" in Vim.

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -379,6 +379,8 @@ Section "$(str_section_exe)" id_section_exe
 	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\matchit\doc\*.*
 	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\matchit\plugin
 	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\matchit\plugin\*.*
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\matchit\autoload
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\matchit\autoload\*.*
 
 	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\shellmenu\plugin
 	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\shellmenu\plugin\*.*

nsis/lang/danish.nsi

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 
 # Overwrite the default translation.
-# These string should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
 LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_DANISH}         "$(^Name) Setup"
 LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_DANISH}         "$(^Name) Uninstall"
 
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper"
 LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper. Plugin-mapper giver mulighed for at udvide Vim ved at slippe en fil i en mappen."
 
 LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_DANISH}     "Private"
-LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper i HOME-mappen."
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper i HOME (hvis du har defineret et) eller Vim-installationsmappe."
 
 LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_DANISH}     "Delte"
 LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper i Vim-installationsmappe, det bruges af alle på systemet."
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern Vim-eksekverbare-/
 LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern alle Vim-eksekverbare- og afviklingsfiler."
 
 LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern plugin-mapper"
-LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern plugin-mapperne hvis de er tomme."
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern plugin-mapperne, hvis de er tomme."
 
-LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_DANISH}    "Privat"
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_DANISH}     "Private"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern plugin-mapperne fra HOME-mappen."
 
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_DANISH}     "Delte"
@@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vim med nogle forbedringe
 LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vim med alle forbedringer (indlæs vimrc_example.vim) (standard)"
 
 LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_DANISH}     " Tilknytninger "
-LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_DANISH}     "&Gentilknyt nogle få taster (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F osv.)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_DANISH}     "&Gentilknyt nogle få taster for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F osv.)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_DANISH}     "Gentilknyt ikke taster (standard)"
-LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_DANISH}     "Gentilknyt nogle få taster til Windows"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_DANISH}     "Gentilknyt nogle få taster"
 
 LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_DANISH}     " Mus "
 LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_DANISH}     "&Opførsel af højre og venstre knapper"

nsis/lang/dutch.nsi

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 
 # Overwrite the default translation.
-# These string should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
 LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_DUTCH} \
         "$(^Name) Setup"
 LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_DUTCH} \

nsis/lang/english.nsi

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 
 # Overwrite the default translation.
-# These string should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
 LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
         "$(^Name) Setup"
 LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_ENGLISH} \

nsis/lang/german.nsi

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 
 # Overwrite the default translation.
-# These string should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
 LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_GERMAN} \
         "$(^Name) Setup"
 LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_GERMAN} \

nsis/lang/italian.nsi

@@ -4,14 +4,14 @@
 #
 # Locale ID    : 1040
 # Locale Name  : it
-# fileencoding : latin1
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
 # Author       : Antonio Colombo
 
 !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Italian"
 
 
 # Overwrite the default translation.
-# These string should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
 LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
         "$(^Name) Setup"
 LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Disinstalla versione/i esistente/i di Vim dal vostro sistema."
 
 LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Vim GUI (gvim.exe per Windows)"
+    "Vim GUI e file di supporto"
 LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Vim GUI programmi e file di supporto.  Questa componente è indispensabile."
 
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Crea file di invocazione (MS-DOS) .bat"
 LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Crea file di invocazione .bat per varianti di Vim nella directory \
-     di Windows, da utilizzare da linea di comando (MS-DOS)."
+     di Windows, per utilizzo da linea di comando (MS-DOS)."
 
 LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Crea icone per Vim"
@@ -71,13 +71,12 @@ LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Sul Desktop"
 LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Crea icone per programma gvim sul desktop."
+    "Crea icone per programma gVim sul desktop."
 
 LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Nella cartella del menù START"
 LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Aggiungi Vim alle cartelle del menù START.  \
-     Disponibile solo da Windows 95 in avanti."
+    "Aggiungi Vim alle cartelle del menù START."
 
 #LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 #    "Nella barra di Avvio Veloce"
@@ -102,26 +101,26 @@ LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 #     per applicazioni a 64-bit."
 
 LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Crea Configurazione di default"
+    "Crea configurazione di default"
 LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Crea file configurazione di default (_vimrc) se non ne \
-     esiste già uno."
+    "Crea un file configurazione di default (_vimrc) se non \
+     ne esiste già uno."
 
 LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Crea Directory per Plugin"
+    "Crea directory per plugin"
 LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Crea Directory per Plugin.  Servono per aggiungere funzionalità \
-     a Vim aggiungendo file a una di queste directory."
+    "Crea directory per plugin.  Consentono di aggiungere funzionalità \
+     a Vim mettendo file in una di queste directory."
 
 LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Privato"
+    "Private"
 LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Create plugin directories in HOME directory."
+    "Crea directory per plugin nella directory HOME."
 
 LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Condiviso"
+    "Condivise"
 LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Crea Directory Plugin nella directory di installazione di Vim \
+    "Crea directory per plugin nella directory di installazione di Vim \
      per uso da parte di tutti gli utenti di questo sistema."
 
 LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
@@ -140,35 +139,29 @@ LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Togli Vim dal Registry di configurazione sistema."
 
 LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Cancella programmi/file_ausiliari Vim"
+    "Cancella programmi/file di supporto Vim"
 LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Cancella tutti i programmi/file_ausiliari di Vim."
-
-LangString str_unsection_rc         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Cancella file di configurazione di Vim"
-LangString str_desc_rm_rc           ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Cancella file di configurazione di Vim $vim_install_root\_vimrc. \
-     Da saltare se avete personalizzato il file di configurazione."
+    "Cancella tutti i programmi/file di supporto di Vim."
 
 LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Remove plugin directories"
+    "Cancella le directory per plugin"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories if they are empty."
+    "Cancella le directory per plugin se sono vuote."
 
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Privato"
+    "Private"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories from HOME directory."
+    "Cancella le directory per plugin dalla directory HOME."
 
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Condiviso"
+    "Condivise"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories from Vim install directory."
+    "Cancella le directory per plugin dalla directory di installazione di Vim."
 
 LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Remove the Vim root directory"
+    "Cancella la directory di installazione di Vim"
 LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Remove the Vim root directory. It contains your Vim configuration files!"
+    "Cancella la directory di installazione di Vim. Contiene i vostri file di configurazione!"
 
 
 ##############################################################################
@@ -177,8 +170,8 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 
 #LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 #    "Trovate $vim_old_ver_count versioni di Vim sul vostro sistema.$\r$\n\
-#     Questo programma di installazione può gestirne solo \
-#     ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER}.$\r$\n\
+#     Questo programma di installazione può gestire solo \
+#     ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} versioni.$\r$\n\
 #     Disinstallate qualche versione precedente e ricominciate."
 
 #LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
@@ -186,7 +179,7 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 #     Dovrebbe terminare con $\"vim$\"."
 
 #LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-#    "Incongruenza di installazione!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#    "Conflitto nella directory di installazione!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
 #     Cartella di installazione dev'essere $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\n\
 #     ma il sistema segnala invece $\"$INSTDIR$\"."
 
@@ -196,14 +189,14 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 
 #LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 #    "Tentativo di registrazione di Vim con OLE. \
-#     Non ci sono messaggi che indicano se ha funzionato o no."
+#     Non c'è messaggio che indica se è riuscito o no."
 
 #LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-#    "Tentativo di togliere da Registry  Vim con OLE. \
-#     Non ci sono messaggi che indicano se ha funzionato o no."
+#    "Tentativo di togliere dal Registry Vim con OLE. \
+#     Non c'è messaggio che indica se è riuscito o no."
 
 #LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-#    "Disinstallazione delle seguenti versioni:"
+#    "Disinstallazione della seguente versione:"
 
 #LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 #    "Disinstallazione non riuscita per la seguente versione:"
@@ -215,7 +208,7 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 #    "Non riesco a trovare programma disinstallazione nel Registry."
 
 #LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-#    "Non riesco a utilizzare programma disinstallazione."
+#    "Non riesco a trovare programma disinstallazione."
 
 #LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 #    "Non riesco a copiare programma disinstallazione a una \
@@ -238,13 +231,13 @@ LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 #    "AVVISO: Non posso cancellare $\"$vim_install_root$\", non è vuota!"
 
 LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Uninstalling the old version..."
+    "Sto disinstallando la vecchia versione..."
 
 LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Registering..."
+    "Sto aggiungendo Vim al Registry..."
 
 LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Unregistering..."
+    "Sto togliendo Vim dal Registry..."
 
 
 ##############################################################################
@@ -252,39 +245,39 @@ LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
 ##############################################################################
 
 LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Choose _vimrc settings"
+    "Scelta impostazioni _vimrc"
 LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Choose the settings for enhancement, keyboard and mouse."
+    "Scelta impostazioni per funzionalità ulteriori, tastiera e mouse."
 
 LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    " Vi / Vim behavior "
+    " comportamento come Vi / Vim "
 LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "&Compatibility and enhancements"
+    "&Compatibilità e funzionalità ulteriori"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Vi compatible"
+    "Compatibile con Vi"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Vim original"
+    "Vim originale"
 LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Vim with some enhancements (load defaults.vim)"
+    "Vim con alcune funzionalità ulteriori (esecuzione defaults.vim)"
 LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Vim with all enhancements (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+    "Vim con tutte le funzionalità ulteriori (esecuzione vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
 
 LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    " Mappings "
+    " Mappature "
 LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "&Remap a few keys for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+    "&Rimappatura di alcuni tasti per Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc.)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Do not remap keys (Default)"
+    "Non effettuare rimappature di tasti (Default)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Remap a few keys"
+    "Rimappare solo alcuni tasti"
 
 LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     " Mouse "
 LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "&Behavior of right and left buttons"
+    "&Comportamento dei pulsanti destro e sinistro"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: visual mode (Default)"
+    "Destro: popup menu, Sinistro: modalità visuale (Default)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: select mode (Windows)"
+    "Destro: popup menu, Sinistro: seleziona modalità (Windows)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Right: extends selection, Left: visual mode (Unix)"
+    "Destro: estende selezione, Sinistro: modalità visuale (Unix)"

nsis/lang/japanese.nsi

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 
 # Overwrite the default translation.
-# These string should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
 LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
         "$(^Name) Setup"
 LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_JAPANESE} \

nsis/lang/simpchinese.nsi

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 
 # Overwrite the default translation.
-# These string should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
 LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
         "$(^Name) Setup"
 LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \

nsis/lang/tradchinese.nsi

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 
 # Overwrite the default translation.
-# These string should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
 LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
         "$(^Name) Setup"
 LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim functions for file type detection
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Dec 05
+" Last Change:	2019 Jan 18
 
 " These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 " faster.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ func dist#ft#FTe()
     exe 'setf ' . g:filetype_euphoria
   else
     let n = 1
-    while n < 100 && n < line("$")
+    while n < 100 && n <= line("$")
       if getline(n) =~ "^\\s*\\(<'\\|'>\\)\\s*$"
 	setf specman
 	return
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ endfunc
 " Distinguish between HTML, XHTML and Django
 func dist#ft#FThtml()
   let n = 1
-  while n < 10 && n < line("$")
+  while n < 10 && n <= line("$")
     if getline(n) =~ '\<DTD\s\+XHTML\s'
       setf xhtml
       return
@@ -222,13 +222,13 @@ func dist#ft#FThtml()
     endif
     let n = n + 1
   endwhile
-  setf html
+  setf FALLBACK html
 endfunc
 
 " Distinguish between standard IDL and MS-IDL
 func dist#ft#FTidl()
   let n = 1
-  while n < 50 && n < line("$")
+  while n < 50 && n <= line("$")
     if getline(n) =~ '^\s*import\s\+"\(unknwn\|objidl\)\.idl"'
       setf msidl
       return
@@ -484,6 +484,10 @@ endfunc
 
 " Called from filetype.vim and scripts.vim.
 func dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(name)
+  if did_filetype()
+    " Filetype was already detected
+    return
+  endif
   if expand("<amatch>") =~ g:ft_ignore_pat
     return
   endif
@@ -531,6 +535,10 @@ endfunc
 " as used for Tcl.
 " Also called from scripts.vim, thus can't be local to this script.
 func dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell(name)
+  if did_filetype()
+    " Filetype was already detected
+    return
+  endif
   if expand("<amatch>") =~ g:ft_ignore_pat
     return
   endif
@@ -551,6 +559,10 @@ func dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell(name)
 endfunc
 
 func dist#ft#CSH()
+  if did_filetype()
+    " Filetype was already detected
+    return
+  endif
   if exists("g:filetype_csh")
     call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell(g:filetype_csh)
   elseif &shell =~ "tcsh"
@@ -687,7 +699,7 @@ endfunc
 
 func dist#ft#FTxml()
   let n = 1
-  while n < 100 && n < line("$")
+  while n < 100 && n <= line("$")
     let line = getline(n)
     " DocBook 4 or DocBook 5.
     let is_docbook4 = line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook'
@@ -713,7 +725,7 @@ endfunc
 
 func dist#ft#FTy()
   let n = 1
-  while n < 100 && n < line("$")
+  while n < 100 && n <= line("$")
     let line = getline(n)
     if line =~ '^\s*%'
       setf yacc

runtime/autoload/paste.vim

@@ -1,35 +1,25 @@
 " Vim support file to help with paste mappings and menus
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Aug 30
+" Last Change:	2019 Jan 27
 
 " Define the string to use for items that are present both in Edit, Popup and
 " Toolbar menu.  Also used in mswin.vim and macmap.vim.
 
-" Pasting blockwise and linewise selections is not possible in Insert and
-" Visual mode without the +virtualedit feature.  They are pasted as if they
-" were characterwise instead.  Add to that some tricks to leave the cursor in
-" the right position, also for "gi".
-if has("virtualedit")
-  let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': ":call paste#Paste()<CR>"}
-  let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n']
-  let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = "\<c-\>\<c-o>\"+gP"
+let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': ":call paste#Paste()<CR>"}
+let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n']
+let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = "\<c-\>\<c-o>\"+gP"
 
-  func! paste#Paste()
-    let ove = &ve
-    set ve=all
-    normal! `^
-    if @+ != ''
-      normal! "+gP
-    endif
-    let c = col(".")
-    normal! i
-    if col(".") < c	" compensate for i<ESC> moving the cursor left
-      normal! l
-    endif
-    let &ve = ove
-  endfunc
-else
-  let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': "\"=@+.'xy'<CR>gPFx\"_2x"}
-  let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>gix<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . '"_x'
-  let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = 'x<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . '"_s'
-endif
+func! paste#Paste()
+  let ove = &ve
+  set ve=all
+  normal! `^
+  if @+ != ''
+    normal! "+gP
+  endif
+  let c = col(".")
+  normal! i
+  if col(".") < c	" compensate for i<ESC> moving the cursor left
+    normal! l
+  endif
+  let &ve = ove
+endfunc

runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " Vim completion script
-" Language:             Ruby
-" Maintainer:           Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
-" URL:                  https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
-" Release Coordinator:  Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Maintainer Version:   0.8.1
+" Language:		Ruby
+" Maintainer:		Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
+" Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "
 " Ruby IRB/Complete author: Keiju ISHITSUKA(keiju@ishitsuka.com)
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ function! s:GetBufferRubyEntity( name, type, ... )
     endif
 
     let curpos = getpos(".")
-    let [enum,ecol] = searchpairpos( crex, '', '\(end\|}\)', 'wr' )
+    let [enum,ecol] = searchpairpos( crex, '', '\(end\|}\)', 'W' )
     call cursor(lastpos[1], lastpos[2])
 
     if lnum > enum
@@ -253,15 +253,27 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
 
 # {{{ buffer analysis magic
   def load_requires
+
+    custom_paths = VIM::evaluate("get(g:, 'rubycomplete_load_paths', [])")
+
+    if !custom_paths.empty?
+      $LOAD_PATH.concat(custom_paths).uniq!
+    end
+
     buf = VIM::Buffer.current
     enum = buf.line_number
     nums = Range.new( 1, enum )
     nums.each do |x|
+
       ln = buf[x]
       begin
-        eval( "require %s" % $1 ) if /.*require\s*(.*)$/.match( ln )
-      rescue Exception
-        #ignore?
+        if /.*require_relative\s*(.*)$/.match( ln )
+          eval( "require %s" % File.expand_path($1) )
+        elsif /.*require\s*(["'].*?["'])/.match( ln )
+          eval( "require %s" % $1 )
+        end
+      rescue Exception => e
+        dprint e.inspect
       end
     end
   end
@@ -344,8 +356,13 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
         if x != cur_line
           next if x == 0
           ln = buf[x]
-          if /^\s*(module|class|def|include)\s+/.match(ln)
-            clscnt += 1 if $1 == "class"
+          is_const = false
+          if /^\s*(module|class|def|include)\s+/.match(ln) || is_const = /^\s*?[A-Z]([A-z]|[1-9])*\s*?[|]{0,2}=\s*?.+\s*?/.match(ln)
+            clscnt += 1 if /class|module/.match($1)
+            # We must make sure to load each constant only once to avoid errors
+            if is_const
+                ln.gsub!(/\s*?[|]{0,2}=\s*?/, '||=')
+            end
             #dprint "\$1$1
             classdef += "%s\n" % ln
             classdef += "end\n" if /def\s+/.match(ln)
@@ -423,7 +440,6 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     return get_buffer_entity_list( "class" )
   end
 
-
   def load_rails
     allow_rails = VIM::evaluate("exists('g:rubycomplete_rails') && g:rubycomplete_rails")
     return if allow_rails.to_i.zero?
@@ -529,7 +545,6 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
         ret += ActiveRecord::ConnectionAdapters::SchemaStatements.methods
     end
 
-
     return ret
   end
 
@@ -587,11 +602,13 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
 # {{{ main completion code
   def self.preload_rails
     a = VimRubyCompletion.new
-    require 'Thread'
-    Thread.new(a) do |b|
-      begin
-      b.load_rails
-      rescue
+    if VIM::evaluate("has('nvim')") == 0
+      require 'thread'
+      Thread.new(a) do |b|
+        begin
+        b.load_rails
+        rescue
+        end
       end
     end
     a.load_rails
@@ -612,7 +629,6 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
 
     want_gems = VIM::evaluate("get(g:, 'rubycomplete_load_gemfile')")
     load_gems unless want_gems.to_i.zero?
-    
 
     input = VIM::Buffer.current.line
     cpos = VIM::Window.current.cursor[1] - 1
@@ -666,6 +682,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
         message = Regexp.quote($4)
         dprint "const or cls 2 [recv: \'%s\', msg: \'%s\']" % [ receiver, message ]
         load_buffer_class( receiver )
+        load_buffer_module( receiver )
         begin
           classes = eval("#{receiver}.constants")
           #methods = eval("#{receiver}.methods")
@@ -786,7 +803,6 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
       methods += Kernel.public_methods
     end
 
-
     include_object = VIM::evaluate("exists('g:rubycomplete_include_object') && g:rubycomplete_include_object")
     methods = clean_sel( methods, message )
     methods = (methods-Object.instance_methods) if include_object == "0"
@@ -829,5 +845,4 @@ let s:rubycomplete_rails_loaded = 0
 call s:DefRuby()
 "}}} ruby-side code
 
-
 " vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:et:fdm=marker:ft=vim:norl:

runtime/bugreport.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 :" information about the environment of a possible bug in Vim.
 :"
 :" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-:" Last change:	2005 Jun 12
+:" Last change:	2019 Jan 27
 :"
 :" To use inside Vim:
 :"	:so $VIMRUNTIME/bugreport.vim
@@ -54,9 +54,7 @@
 :endif
 :set all
 :set termcap
-:if has("autocmd")
-:  au
-:endif
+:au
 :if 1
 :  echo "--- Normal/Visual mode mappings ---"
 :endif

runtime/compiler/eruby.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2018 Jan 25
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -28,8 +29,8 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
     \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
     \%E%f:%l:in\ %*[^:]:\ %m,
     \%E%f:%l:\ %m,
-    \%-C%\tfrom\ %f:%l:in\ %.%#,
-    \%-Z%\tfrom\ %f:%l,
+    \%-C%\t%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l:in\ %.%#,
+    \%-Z%\t%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l,
     \%-Z%p^,
     \%-G%.%#
 

runtime/compiler/rake.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2018 Mar 02
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -20,12 +21,12 @@ CompilerSet makeprg=rake
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
       \%D(in\ %f),
-      \%\\s%#from\ %f:%l:%m,
-      \%\\s%#from\ %f:%l:,
-      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l:%m,
-      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l,
-      \%\\s%#[%f:%l:\ %#%m,
-      \%\\s%#%f:%l:\ %#%m,
+      \%\\s%#%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l:%m,
+      \%\\s%#%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l:,
+      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l:%m%\\&%.%#%\\D:%\\d%\\+:%.%#,
+      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l%\\&%.%#%\\D:%\\d%\\+,
+      \%\\s%#[%f:%l:\ %#%m%\\&%.%#%\\D:%\\d%\\+:%.%#,
+      \%\\s%#%f:%l:\ %#%m%\\&%.%#%\\D:%\\d%\\+:%.%#,
       \%\\s%#%f:%l:,
       \%m\ [%f:%l]:,
       \%+Erake\ aborted!,

runtime/compiler/rspec.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2018 Aug 07
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -23,7 +24,8 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
     \%E%.%#:in\ `load':\ %f:%l:%m,
     \%E%f:%l:in\ `%*[^']':\ %m,
     \%-Z\ \ \ \ \ %\\+\#\ %f:%l:%.%#,
-    \%E\ \ %\\d%\\+)%.%#,
+    \%E\ \ \ \ \ Failure/Error:\ %m,
+    \%E\ \ \ \ \ Failure/Error:,
     \%C\ \ \ \ \ %m,
     \%C%\\s%#,
     \%-G%.%#

runtime/compiler/ruby.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -21,21 +21,21 @@ set cpo-=C
 " default settings runs script normally
 " add '-c' switch to run syntax check only:
 "
-"   CompilerSet makeprg=ruby\ -wc\ $*
+"   CompilerSet makeprg=ruby\ -c
 "
 " or add '-c' at :make command line:
 "
 "   :make -c %<CR>
 "
-CompilerSet makeprg=ruby\ -w\ $*
+CompilerSet makeprg=ruby
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
     \%+E%f:%l:\ parse\ error,
     \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
     \%E%f:%l:in\ %*[^:]:\ %m,
     \%E%f:%l:\ %m,
-    \%-C%\tfrom\ %f:%l:in\ %.%#,
-    \%-Z%\tfrom\ %f:%l,
+    \%-C%\t%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l:in\ %.%#,
+    \%-Z%\t%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l,
     \%-Z%p^,
     \%-G%.%#
 

runtime/compiler/rubyunit.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2014 Mar 23
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2017 Jun 13
+" Last change:	2019 Feb 18
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
   let c_comment_strings=1
 endif
 
-" Only do this part when compiled with support for autocommands.
-if has("autocmd")
+" Only do this part when Vim was compiled with the +eval feature.
+if 1
 
   " Enable file type detection.
   " Use the default filetype settings, so that mail gets 'tw' set to 72,
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ if has("autocmd")
 
   augroup END
 
-endif " has("autocmd")
+endif
 
 " Convenient command to see the difference between the current buffer and the
 " file it was loaded from, thus the changes you made.

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 28
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Mar 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -311,6 +311,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |FuncUndefined|		a user function is used but it isn't defined
 |SpellFileMissing|	a spell file is used but it can't be found
 |SourcePre|		before sourcing a Vim script
+|SourcePost|		after sourcing a Vim script
 |SourceCmd|		before sourcing a Vim script |Cmd-event|
 
 |VimResized|		after the Vim window size changed
@@ -620,6 +621,8 @@ CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
 				Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
 				an operator is pending.
 				For an example see |match-parens|.
+				Note: This can not be skipped with
+				`:noautocmd`.
 				Careful: This is triggered very often, don't
 				do anything that the user does not expect or
 				that is slow.
@@ -1017,10 +1020,14 @@ TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				anything else that takes time is involved.
 							*TextChanged*
 TextChanged			After a change was made to the text in the
-				current buffer in Normal mode.  That is when
-				|b:changedtick| has changed.
+				current buffer in Normal mode.  That is after
+				|b:changedtick| has changed (also when that
+				happened before the TextChanged autocommand
+				was defined).
 				Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
 				an operator is pending.
+				Note: This can not be skipped with
+				`:noautocmd`.
 				Careful: This is triggered very often, don't
 				do anything that the user does not expect or
 				that is slow.
@@ -1462,8 +1469,8 @@ If you want the buffer to be unmodified after changing it, reset the
 instead of ":q!".
 
 							*autocmd-nested* *E218*
-By default, autocommands do not nest.  If you use ":e" or ":w" in an
-autocommand, Vim does not execute the BufRead and BufWrite autocommands for
+By default, autocommands do not nest.  For example, if you use ":e" or ":w" in
+an autocommand, Vim does not execute the BufRead and BufWrite autocommands for
 those commands.  If you do want this, use the "nested" flag for those commands
 in which you want nesting.  For example: >
   :autocmd FileChangedShell *.c nested e!
@@ -1609,5 +1616,8 @@ following command.  Example: >
 This will write the file without triggering the autocommands defined by the
 gzip plugin.
 
+Note that some autocommands are not triggered right away, but only later.
+This specifically applies to |CursorMoved| and |TextChanged|.
+
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 14
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -640,11 +640,11 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 			For the {pattern} see |pattern|.
 			{string} can be a literal string, or something
 			special; see |sub-replace-special|.
-							*E939*
 			When [range] and [count] are omitted, replace in the
 			current line only.  When [count] is given, replace in
 			[count] lines, starting with the last line in [range].
 			When [range] is omitted start in the current line.
+							*E939*
 			[count] must be a positive number.  Also see
 			|cmdline-ranges|.
 

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 02
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -355,6 +355,24 @@ OK:	    if (cond)
                cmd;
 	    }
 
+When a block has one line the braces can be left out.  When an if/else has
+braces on one block, it usually looks better when the other block also has
+braces:
+OK:	    if (cond)
+	       cmd;
+	    else
+               cmd;
+
+OK:	    if (cond)
+	    {
+	       cmd;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+               cmd;
+               cmd;
+	    }
+
 Use ANSI (new style) function declarations with the return type on a separate
 indented line.
 
@@ -367,10 +385,10 @@ OK:	/*
 	 */
 	    int
 	function_name(
-	    int		arg1,		/* short comment about arg1 */
-	    int		arg2)		/* short comment about arg2 */
+	    int		arg1,		// short comment about arg1
+	    int		arg2)		// short comment about arg2
 	{
-	    int		local;		/* comment about local */
+	    int		local;		// comment about local
 
 	    local = arg1 * arg2;
 

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Oct 03
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -179,8 +179,8 @@ loaded.  Since Vim doesn't allow having two buffers for the same file, you
 need another buffer.  This command is useful: >
 	 command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_
 	 	\ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis
-(this is in |vimrc_example.vim|).  Use ":DiffOrig" to see the differences
-between the current buffer and the file it was loaded from.
+(this is in |defaults.vim|).  Use ":DiffOrig" to see the differences between
+the current buffer and the file it was loaded from.
 
 A buffer that is unloaded cannot be used for the diff.  But it does work for
 hidden buffers.  You can use ":hide" to close a window without unloading the

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 14
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,18 +59,9 @@ conversion to be available, it might fail.  For the NUL character you will see
 "10".  That's because NUL characters are internally represented with a NL
 character.  When you write the file it will become a NUL character.
 
-When Vim was compiled without the |+multi_byte| feature, you need to specify
-the character in the encoding given with 'encoding'.  You might want to use
-something like this: >
-
-	if has("multi_byte")
-		digraph oe 339
-	elseif &encoding == "iso-8859-15"
-		digraph oe 189
-	endif
-
-This defines the "oe" digraph for a character that is number 339 in Unicode
-and 189 in latin9 (iso-8859-15).
+Example: >
+	digraph oe 339
+This defines the "oe" digraph for a character that is number 339 in Unicode.
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Using digraphs					*digraphs-use*
@@ -164,8 +155,7 @@ a standard meaning:
 Example: a: is ä  and o: is ö
 
 These are the RFC1345 digraphs for the one-byte characters.  See the output of
-":digraphs" for the others.  The characters above 255 are only available when
-Vim was compiled with the |+multi_byte| feature.
+":digraphs" for the others.
 
 EURO
 

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 15
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Mar 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ done, the features in this document are not available.  See |+eval| and
 1. Variables						*variables*
 
 1.1 Variable types ~
-							*E712*
+						*E712* *E896* *E897* *E899*
 There are nine types of variables:
 
 Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number| *Number*
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ To force conversion from String to Number, add zero to it: >
 To avoid a leading zero to cause octal conversion, or for using a different
 base, use |str2nr()|.
 
-							*TRUE* *FALSE*
+						*TRUE* *FALSE* *Boolean*
 For boolean operators Numbers are used.  Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
 You can also use |v:false| and |v:true|.  When TRUE is returned from a
 function it is the Number one, FALSE is the number zero.
@@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ A List, Dictionary or Float is not a Number or String, thus evaluate to FALSE.
 
 		*E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731* *E908* *E910* *E913*
 		*E974* *E975* *E976*
-List, Dictionary, Funcref, Job, Channel and Blob types are not automatically
-converted.
+|List|, |Dictionary|, |Funcref|, |Job|, |Channel| and |Blob| types are not
+automatically converted.
 
 							*E805* *E806* *E808*
 When mixing Number and Float the Number is converted to Float.  Otherwise
@@ -633,6 +633,9 @@ Blob creation ~
 
 A Blob can be created with a |blob-literal|: >
 	:let b = 0zFF00ED015DAF
+Dots can be inserted between bytes (pair of hex characters) for readability,
+they don't change the value: >
+	:let b = 0zFF00.ED01.5DAF
 
 A blob can be read from a file with |readfile()| passing the {type} argument
 set to "B", for example: >
@@ -659,6 +662,16 @@ is not available it returns -1 or the default value you specify: >
 	:echo get(myblob, idx, 999)
 
 
+Blob iteration ~
+
+The |:for| loop executes commands for each byte of a Blob.  The loop variable is
+set to each byte in the Blob.  Example: >
+	:for byte in 0z112233
+	:   call Doit(byte)
+	:endfor
+This calls Doit() with 0x11, 0x22 and 0x33.
+
+
 Blob concatenation ~
 
 Two blobs can be concatenated with the "+" operator: >
@@ -673,6 +686,7 @@ Part of a blob ~
 A part of the Blob can be obtained by specifying the first and last index,
 separated by a colon in square brackets: >
 	:let myblob = 0z00112233
+	:let shortblob = myblob[1:2]	" get 0z1122
 	:let shortblob = myblob[2:-1]	" get 0z2233
 
 Omitting the first index is similar to zero.  Omitting the last index is
@@ -681,8 +695,8 @@ similar to -1. >
 	:let shortblob = myblob[2:2]	" Blob with one byte: 0z22
 	:let otherblob = myblob[:]	" make a copy of the Blob
 
-If the first index is beyond the last byte of the Blob or the second byte is
-before the first byte, the result is an empty list.  There is no error
+If the first index is beyond the last byte of the Blob or the second index is
+before the first index, the result is an empty Blob.  There is no error
 message.
 
 If the second index is equal to or greater than the length of the list the
@@ -700,12 +714,12 @@ higher index is an error.
 
 To change a sequence of bytes the [:] notation can be used: >
 	let blob[1:3] = 0z445566
-The length of the replaced bytes much be exactly the same as the value
+The length of the replaced bytes must be exactly the same as the value
 provided. *E972*
 
 To change part of a blob you can specify the first and last byte to be
-modified.  The value must at least have the number of bytes in the range: >
-	:let blob[3:5] = [3, 4, 5]
+modified.  The value must have the same number of bytes in the range: >
+	:let blob[3:5] = 0z334455
 
 You can also use the functions |add()|, |remove()| and |insert()|.
 
@@ -734,7 +748,7 @@ identity is different: >
 	:echo blob is blob3
 <	0
 
-Making a copy of a list is done with the |copy()| function.  Using [:] also
+Making a copy of a Blob is done with the |copy()| function.  Using [:] also
 works, as explained above.
 
 
@@ -789,11 +803,12 @@ Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
 	etc.			As above, append ? for ignoring case, # for
 				matching case
 
-	expr5 is expr5		same |List| instance
-	expr5 isnot expr5	different |List| instance
+	expr5 is expr5		same |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob| instance
+	expr5 isnot expr5	different |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob|
+				instance
 
 |expr5|	expr6
-	expr6 +	 expr6 ..	number addition or list concatenation
+	expr6 +	 expr6 ..	number addition, list or blob concatenation
 	expr6 -	 expr6 ..	number subtraction
 	expr6 .	 expr6 ..	string concatenation
 
@@ -958,12 +973,12 @@ Dictionary and arguments, use |get()| to get the function name: >
 	if get(Part1, 'name') == get(Part2, 'name')
 	   " Part1 and Part2 refer to the same function
 
-When using "is" or "isnot" with a |List| or a |Dictionary| this checks if the
-expressions are referring to the same |List| or |Dictionary| instance.  A copy
-of a |List| is different from the original |List|.  When using "is" without
-a |List| or a |Dictionary| it is equivalent to using "equal", using "isnot"
-equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that a different type means the
-values are different: >
+Using "is" or "isnot" with a |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob| checks whether
+the expressions are referring to the same |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob|
+instance.  A copy of a |List| is different from the original |List|.  When
+using "is" without a |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob|, it is equivalent to
+using "equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that
+a different type means the values are different: >
 	echo 4 == '4'
 	1
 	echo 4 is '4'
@@ -1008,16 +1023,16 @@ can be matched like an ordinary character.  Examples:
 
 expr5 and expr6						*expr5* *expr6*
 ---------------
-expr6 +	 expr6 ..	Number addition or |List| concatenation	*expr-+*
-expr6 -	 expr6 ..	Number subtraction			*expr--*
-expr6 .	 expr6 ..	String concatenation			*expr-.*
+expr6 + expr6  Number addition, |List| or |Blob| concatenation	*expr-+*
+expr6 - expr6  Number subtraction				*expr--*
+expr6 . expr6  String concatenation				*expr-.*
 
 For |Lists| only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list.  The
 result is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
 
-expr7 *	 expr7 ..	Number multiplication			*expr-star*
-expr7 /	 expr7 ..	Number division				*expr-/*
-expr7 %	 expr7 ..	Number modulo				*expr-%*
+expr7 * expr7  Number multiplication				*expr-star*
+expr7 / expr7  Number division					*expr-/*
+expr7 % expr7  Number modulo					*expr-%*
 
 For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
 For bitwise operators see |and()|, |or()| and |xor()|.
@@ -1143,7 +1158,7 @@ If expr8 is a |Blob| this results in a new |Blob| with the bytes in the
 indexes expr1a and expr1b, inclusive.  Examples: >
 	:let b = 0zDEADBEEF
 	:let bs = b[1:2]		" 0zADBE
-	:let bs = b[]			" copy ov 0zDEADBEEF
+	:let bs = b[:]			" copy of 0zDEADBEEF
 
 Using expr8[expr1] or expr8[expr1a : expr1b] on a |Funcref| results in an
 error.
@@ -1871,7 +1886,7 @@ v:mouse_col	Column number for a mouse click obtained with |getchar()|.
 		This is the screen column number, like with |virtcol()|.  The
 		value is zero when there was no mouse button click.
 
-					*v:none* *none-variable*
+					*v:none* *none-variable* *None*
 v:none		An empty String. Used to put an empty item in JSON.  See
 		|json_encode()|.
 		When used as a number this evaluates to zero.
@@ -2028,27 +2043,27 @@ v:swapcommand	Normal mode command to be executed after a file has been
 		For ":edit +cmd file" the value is ":cmd\r".
 
 				*v:t_TYPE* *v:t_bool* *t_bool-variable*
-v:t_bool	Value of Boolean type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+v:t_bool	Value of |Boolean| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_channel* *t_channel-variable*
-v:t_channel	Value of Channel type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+v:t_channel	Value of |Channel| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_dict* *t_dict-variable*
-v:t_dict	Value of Dictionary type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+v:t_dict	Value of |Dictionary| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_float* *t_float-variable*
-v:t_float	Value of Float type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+v:t_float	Value of |Float| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_func* *t_func-variable*
-v:t_func	Value of Funcref type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+v:t_func	Value of |Funcref| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_job* *t_job-variable*
-v:t_job		Value of Job type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+v:t_job		Value of |Job| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_list* *t_list-variable*
-v:t_list	Value of List type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+v:t_list	Value of |List| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_none* *t_none-variable*
-v:t_none	Value of None type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+v:t_none	Value of |None| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_number* *t_number-variable*
-v:t_number	Value of Number type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+v:t_number	Value of |Number| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_string* *t_string-variable*
-v:t_string	Value of String type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+v:t_string	Value of |String| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_blob* *t_blob-variable*
-v:t_blob	Value of Blob type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+v:t_blob	Value of |Blob| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 
 				*v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
 v:termresponse	The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
@@ -2496,7 +2511,10 @@ remote_read({serverid} [, {timeout}])
 remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
 				String	send key sequence
 remote_startserver({name})	none	become server {name}
-remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])	any	remove items {idx}-{end} from {list}
+remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])	any/List 
+					remove items {idx}-{end} from {list}
+remove({blob}, {idx} [, {end}])	Number/Blob
+					remove bytes {idx}-{end} from {blob}
 remove({dict}, {key})		any	remove entry {key} from {dict}
 rename({from}, {to})		Number	rename (move) file from {from} to {to}
 repeat({expr}, {count})		String	repeat {expr} {count} times
@@ -2875,9 +2893,9 @@ assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_false()*
 		"Expected False but got {actual}" is produced.
 
 assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}])	 *assert_inrange()*
-		This asserts number values.  When {actual}  is lower than
-		{lower} or higher than {upper} an error message is added to
-		|v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+		This asserts number and |Float| values.  When {actual}  is lower
+		than {lower} or higher than {upper} an error message is added
+		to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
 		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
 		"Expected range {lower} - {upper}, but got {actual}" is
 		produced.
@@ -3342,7 +3360,7 @@ ch_read({handle} [, {options}])					*ch_read()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}
 
 ch_readblob({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readblob()*
-		Like ch_read() but reads binary data and returns a Blob.
+		Like ch_read() but reads binary data and returns a |Blob|.
 		See |channel-more|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}
 
@@ -3363,7 +3381,7 @@ ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}
 
 ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])		*ch_sendraw()*
-		Send string or Blob {expr} over {handle}.
+		Send |String| or |Blob| {expr} over {handle}.
 		Works like |ch_sendexpr()|, but does not encode the request or
 		decode the response.  The caller is responsible for the
 		correct contents.  Also does not add a newline for a channel
@@ -3520,7 +3538,7 @@ complete_check()				*complete_check()*
 
 						*confirm()*
 confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
-		Confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
+		confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
 		made.  It returns the number of the choice.  For the first
 		choice this is 1.
 		Note: confirm() is only supported when compiled with dialog
@@ -3788,7 +3806,7 @@ empty({expr})						*empty()*
 		- |v:false|, |v:none| and |v:null| are empty, |v:true| is not.
 		- A |Job| is empty when it failed to start.
 		- A |Channel| is empty when it is closed.
-		- A Blob is empty when its length is zero.
+		- A |Blob| is empty when its length is zero.
 
 		For a long |List| this is much faster than comparing the
 		length with zero.
@@ -3804,8 +3822,8 @@ escape({string}, {chars})				*escape()*
 							*eval()*
 eval({string})	Evaluate {string} and return the result.  Especially useful to
 		turn the result of |string()| back into the original value.
-		This works for Numbers, Floats, Strings and composites of
-		them.  Also works for |Funcref|s that refer to existing
+		This works for Numbers, Floats, Strings, Blobs and composites
+		of them.  Also works for |Funcref|s that refer to existing
 		functions.
 
 eventhandler()						*eventhandler()*
@@ -4043,7 +4061,7 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 		all "README" files in the current directory and below: >
 			:echo expand("**/README")
 <
-		Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
+		expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
 		variables that are only known in a shell.  But this can be
 		slow, because a shell may be used to do the expansion.  See
 		|expr-env-expand|.
@@ -4117,6 +4135,9 @@ feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 		't'	Handle keys as if typed; otherwise they are handled as
 			if coming from a mapping.  This matters for undo,
 			opening folds, etc.
+		'L'	Lowlevel input.  Only works for Unix or when using the
+			GUI. Keys are used as if they were coming from the
+			terminal.  Other flags are not used.  *E980*
 		'i'	Insert the string instead of appending (see above).
 		'x'	Execute commands until typeahead is empty.  This is
 			similar to using ":normal!".  You can call feedkeys()
@@ -4943,10 +4964,16 @@ getloclist({nr} [, {what}])				*getloclist()*
 		If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
 		returns the items listed in {what} as a dictionary. Refer to
 		|getqflist()| for the supported items in {what}.
-		If {what} contains 'filewinid', then returns the id of the
-		window used to display files from the location list. This
-		field is applicable only when called from a location list
-		window. See |location-list-file-window| for more details.
+
+		In addition to the items supported by |getqflist()| in {what},
+		the following item is supported by |getloclist()|:
+
+			filewinid 	id of the window used to display files
+					from the location list. This field is
+					applicable only when called from a
+					location list window. See
+					|location-list-file-window| for more
+					details.
 
 getmatches()						*getmatches()*
 		Returns a |List| with all matches previously defined by
@@ -5048,6 +5075,9 @@ getqflist([{what}])					*getqflist()*
 			nr	get information for this quickfix list; zero
 				means the current quickfix list and "$" means
 				the last quickfix list
+			qfbufnr number of the buffer displayed in the quickfix
+				window. Returns 0 if the quickfix buffer is
+				not present. See |quickfix-buffer|.
 			size	number of entries in the quickfix list
 			title	get the list title |quickfix-title|
 			winid	get the quickfix |window-ID|
@@ -5076,6 +5106,8 @@ getqflist([{what}])					*getqflist()*
 			items	quickfix list entries. If not present, set to
 				an empty list.
 			nr	quickfix list number. If not present, set to 0
+			qfbufnr	number of the buffer displayed in the quickfix
+				window. If not present, set to 0.
 			size	number of entries in the quickfix list. If not
 				present, set to 0.
 			title	quickfix list title text. If not present, set
@@ -5130,7 +5162,7 @@ gettabinfo([{arg}])					*gettabinfo()*
 			tabnr		tab page number.
 			variables	a reference to the dictionary with
 					tabpage-local variables
-			windows		List of |window-ID|s in the tag page.
+			windows		List of |window-ID|s in the tab page.
 
 gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*gettabvar()*
 		Get the value of a tab-local variable {varname} in tab page
@@ -5207,6 +5239,7 @@ getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 		tab pages is returned.
 
 		Each List item is a Dictionary with the following entries:
+			botline		last displayed buffer line
 			bufnr		number of buffer in the window
 			height		window height (excluding winbar)
 			loclist		1 if showing a location list
@@ -5216,6 +5249,7 @@ getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 			terminal	1 if a terminal window
 					{only with the +terminal feature}
 			tabnr		tab page number
+			topline		first displayed buffer line 
 			variables	a reference to the dictionary with
 					window-local variables
 			width		window width
@@ -5517,7 +5551,6 @@ iconv({expr}, {from}, {to})				*iconv()*
 <		Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion
 		from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8.  You
 		cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte| feature}
 
 							*indent()*
 indent({lnum})	The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the
@@ -5699,7 +5732,11 @@ items({dict})						*items()*
 		Return a |List| with all the key-value pairs of {dict}.  Each
 		|List| item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict}
 		entry and the value of this entry.  The |List| is in arbitrary
-		order.
+		order.  Also see |keys()| and |values()|.
+		Example: >
+			for [key, value] in items(mydict)
+			   echo key . ': ' . value
+			endfor
 
 job_getchannel({job})					 *job_getchannel()*
 		Get the channel handle that {job} is using.
@@ -5720,6 +5757,16 @@ job_info([{job}])					*job_info()*
 		   "exit_cb"	function to be called on exit
 		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
 
+		   Only in Unix:
+		   "termsig"	the signal which terminated the process
+				(See |job_stop()| for the values)
+				only valid when "status" is "dead"
+
+		   Only in MS-Windows:
+		   "tty_type"	Type of virtual console in use.
+				Values are "winpty" or "conpty".
+				See 'termwintype'.
+
 		Without any arguments, returns a List with all Job objects.
 
 job_setoptions({job}, {options})			*job_setoptions()*
@@ -5732,6 +5779,10 @@ job_start({command} [, {options}])			*job_start()*
 		|:!cmd| this does not wait for the job to finish.
 		To start a job in a terminal window see |term_start()|.
 
+		If the job fails to start then |job_status()| on the returned
+		Job object results in "fail" and none of the callbacks will be
+		invoked.
+
 		{command} can be a String.  This works best on MS-Windows.  On
 		Unix it is split up in white-separated parts to be passed to
 		execvp().  Arguments in double quotes can contain white space.
@@ -5883,6 +5934,8 @@ json_decode({string})					*json_decode()*
 		The decoding is permissive:
 		- A trailing comma in an array and object is ignored, e.g.
 		  "[1, 2, ]" is the same as "[1, 2]".
+		- Integer keys are accepted in objects, e.g. {1:2} is the
+		  same as {"1":2}.
 		- More floating point numbers are recognized, e.g. "1." for
 		  "1.0", or "001.2" for "1.2". Special floating point values
 		  "Infinity", "-Infinity" and "NaN" (capitalization ignored)
@@ -5894,6 +5947,8 @@ json_decode({string})					*json_decode()*
 		- Control characters U+0000 through U+001F which are not
 		  escaped in strings are accepted, e.g. "	" (tab
 		  character in string) for "\t".
+		- An empty JSON expression or made of only spaces is accepted
+		  and results in v:none.
 		- Backslash in an invalid 2-character sequence escape is
 		  ignored, e.g. "\a" is decoded as "a".
 		- A correct surrogate pair in JSON strings should normally be
@@ -5911,18 +5966,18 @@ json_encode({expr})					*json_encode()*
 		The encoding is specified in:
 		https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7159.html
 		Vim values are converted as follows:
-		   Number		decimal number
-		   Float		floating point number
+		   |Number|		decimal number
+		   |Float|		floating point number
 		   Float nan		"NaN"
 		   Float inf		"Infinity"
 		   Float -inf		"-Infinity"
-		   String		in double quotes (possibly null)
-		   Funcref		not possible, error
-		   List			as an array (possibly null); when
+		   |String|		in double quotes (possibly null)
+		   |Funcref|		not possible, error
+		   |List|		as an array (possibly null); when
 					used recursively: []
-		   Dict			as an object (possibly null); when
+		   |Dict|		as an object (possibly null); when
 					used recursively: {}
-		   Blob			as an array of the individual bytes
+		   |Blob|		as an array of the individual bytes
 		   v:false		"false"
 		   v:true		"true"
 		   v:none		"null"
@@ -5933,7 +5988,7 @@ json_encode({expr})					*json_encode()*
 
 keys({dict})						*keys()*
 		Return a |List| with all the keys of {dict}.  The |List| is in
-		arbitrary order.
+		arbitrary order.  Also see |items()| and |values()|.
 
 							*len()* *E701*
 len({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument.
@@ -5941,6 +5996,7 @@ len({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument.
 		used, as with |strlen()|.
 		When {expr} is a |List| the number of items in the |List| is
 		returned.
+		When {expr} is a |Blob| the number of bytes is returned.
 		When {expr} is a |Dictionary| the number of entries in the
 		|Dictionary| is returned.
 		Otherwise an error is given.
@@ -6025,13 +6081,9 @@ line({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
 			line(".")		line number of the cursor
 			line("'t")		line number of mark t
 			line("'" . marker)	line number of mark marker
-<							*last-position-jump*
-		This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
-		just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
-     :au BufReadPost *
-	 \ if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") && &ft !~# 'commit'
-	 \ |   exe "normal! g`\""
-	 \ | endif
+<
+		To jump to the last known position when opening a file see
+		|last-position-jump|.
 
 line2byte({lnum})					*line2byte()*
 		Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
@@ -6473,8 +6525,10 @@ min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}.
 							*mkdir()* *E739*
 mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 		Create directory {name}.
+
 		If {path} is "p" then intermediate directories are created as
 		necessary.  Otherwise it must be "".
+
 		If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
 		the new directory.  The default is 0755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
 		the user readable for others).  Use 0700 to make it unreadable
@@ -6483,9 +6537,17 @@ mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 		with 0755.
 		Example: >
 			:call mkdir($HOME . "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0700)
+
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+
 		There is no error if the directory already exists and the "p"
-		flag is passed (since patch 8.0.1708).
+		flag is passed (since patch 8.0.1708).  However, without the
+		"p" option the call will fail.  
+
+		The function result is a Number, which is 1 if the call was 
+		successful or 0 if the directory creation failed or partly
+		failed.
+
 		Not available on all systems.  To check use: >
 			:if exists("*mkdir")
 <
@@ -6766,8 +6828,7 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 							*printf-S*
 		S	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more display cells than the
-			number specified are used.  Without the |+multi_byte|
-			feature works just like 's'.
+			number specified are used.
 
 							*printf-f* *E807*
 		f F	The Float argument is converted into a string of the
@@ -7294,6 +7355,9 @@ remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])				*remove()*
 		Example: >
 			:echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1)
 			:call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
+<
+		Use |delete()| to remove a file.
+
 remove({blob}, {idx} [, {end}])
 		Without {end}: Remove the byte at {idx} from |Blob| {blob} and
 		return the byte.
@@ -7304,13 +7368,12 @@ remove({blob}, {idx} [, {end}])
 		Example: >
 			:echo "last byte: " . remove(myblob, -1)
 			:call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
+
 remove({dict}, {key})
 		Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key}.  Example: >
 			:echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one")
 <		If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
 
-		Use |delete()| to remove a file.
-
 rename({from}, {to})					*rename()*
 		Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}.  This
 		should also work to move files across file systems.  The
@@ -7333,6 +7396,9 @@ repeat({expr}, {count})					*repeat()*
 resolve({filename})					*resolve()* *E655*
 		On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file),
 		returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form.
+		When {filename} is a symbolic link or junction point, return
+		the full path to the target. If the target of junction is
+		removed, return {filename}.
 		On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path
 		components of {filename} and return the simplified result.
 		To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is
@@ -8556,10 +8622,10 @@ strcharpart({src}, {start} [, {len}])			*strcharpart()*
 
 strdisplaywidth({expr} [, {col}])			*strdisplaywidth()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the number of display cells
-		String {expr} occupies on the screen when it starts at {col}.
-		When {col} is omitted zero is used.  Otherwise it is the
-		screen column where to start.  This matters for Tab
-		characters.
+		String {expr} occupies on the screen when it starts at {col}
+		(first column is zero).  When {col} is omitted zero is used.
+		Otherwise it is the screen column where to start.  This
+		matters for Tab characters.
 		The option settings of the current window are used.  This
 		matters for anything that's displayed differently, such as
 		'tabstop' and 'display'.
@@ -8613,13 +8679,14 @@ stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])		*stridx()*
 
 							*string()*
 string({expr})	Return {expr} converted to a String.  If {expr} is a Number,
-		Float, String or a composition of them, then the result can be
-		parsed back with |eval()|.
+		Float, String, Blob or a composition of them, then the result
+		can be parsed back with |eval()|.
 			{expr} type	result ~
 			String		'string' (single quotes are doubled)
 			Number		123
 			Float		123.123456 or 1.123456e8
 			Funcref		function('name')
+			Blob		0z00112233.44556677.8899
 			List		[item, item]
 			Dictionary	{key: value, key: value}
 
@@ -9421,6 +9488,8 @@ term_start({cmd}, {options})				*term_start()*
 		   "ansi_colors"     A list of 16 color names or hex codes
 				     defining the ANSI palette used in GUI
 				     color modes.  See |g:terminal_ansi_colors|.
+		   "tty_type"	     (MS-Windows only): Specify which pty to
+				     use.  See 'termwintype' for the values.
 
 		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
 
@@ -9692,10 +9761,10 @@ type({expr})	The result is a Number representing the type of {expr}.
 			Dictionary: 4  |v:t_dict|
 			Float:	    5  |v:t_float|
 			Boolean:    6  |v:t_bool| (v:false and v:true)
-			None	    7  |v:t_none| (v:null and v:none)
-			Job	    8  |v:t_job|
-			Channel	    9  |v:t_channel|
-			Blob	   10  |v:t_blob|
+			None:	    7  |v:t_none| (v:null and v:none)
+			Job:	    8  |v:t_job|
+			Channel:    9  |v:t_channel|
+			Blob:	   10  |v:t_blob|
 		For backward compatibility, this method can be used: >
 			:if type(myvar) == type(0)
 			:if type(myvar) == type("")
@@ -9774,7 +9843,7 @@ uniq({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*uniq()* *E882*
 
 values({dict})						*values()*
 		Return a |List| with all the values of {dict}.  The |List| is
-		in arbitrary order.
+		in arbitrary order.  Also see |items()| and |keys()|.
 
 
 virtcol({expr})						*virtcol()*
@@ -10118,7 +10187,7 @@ all_builtin_terms	Compiled with all builtin terminals enabled.
 amiga			Amiga version of Vim.
 arabic			Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|.
 arp			Compiled with ARP support (Amiga).
-autocmd			Compiled with autocommand support. |autocommand|
+autocmd			Compiled with autocommand support. (always true)
 autochdir		Compiled with support for 'autochdir'
 autoservername		Automatically enable |clientserver|
 balloon_eval		Compiled with |balloon-eval| support.
@@ -10127,6 +10196,7 @@ beos			BeOS version of Vim.
 browse			Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
 			work.
 browsefilter		Compiled with support for |browsefilter|.
+bsd			Compiled on an OS in the BSD family (excluding macOS).
 builtin_terms		Compiled with some builtin terminals.
 byte_offset		Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
 cindent			Compiled with 'cindent' support.
@@ -10137,8 +10207,10 @@ cmdline_hist		Compiled with |cmdline-history| support.
 cmdline_info		Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support.
 comments		Compiled with |'comments'| support.
 compatible		Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
+conpty			Platform where |ConPTY| can be used.
 cryptv			Compiled with encryption support |encryption|.
 cscope			Compiled with |cscope| support.
+cursorbind		Compiled with |'cursorbind'| (always true)
 debug			Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
 dialog_con		Compiled with console dialog support.
 dialog_gui		Compiled with GUI dialog support.
@@ -10150,7 +10222,7 @@ ebcdic			Compiled on a machine with ebcdic character set.
 emacs_tags		Compiled with support for Emacs tags.
 eval			Compiled with expression evaluation support.  Always
 			true, of course!
-ex_extra		|+ex_extra|, always true now
+ex_extra		|+ex_extra| (always true)
 extra_search		Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
 			|'hlsearch'|
 farsi			Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
@@ -10179,6 +10251,7 @@ gui_running		Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
 gui_win32		Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
 gui_win32s		idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
 hangul_input		Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
+hpux			HP-UX version of Vim.
 iconv			Can use iconv() for conversion.
 insert_expand		Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
 			Insert mode.
@@ -10189,6 +10262,7 @@ langmap			Compiled with 'langmap' support.
 libcall			Compiled with |libcall()| support.
 linebreak		Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat', 'showbreak' and
 			'breakindent' support.
+linux			Linux version of Vim.
 lispindent		Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
 listcmds		Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
 			and the argument list |arglist|.
@@ -10209,7 +10283,7 @@ mouse_sgr		Compiled with support for sgr mouse.
 mouse_urxvt		Compiled with support for urxvt mouse.
 mouse_xterm		Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
 mouseshape		Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
-multi_byte		Compiled with support for 'encoding'
+multi_byte		Compiled with support for 'encoding' (always true)
 multi_byte_encoding	'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding.
 multi_byte_ime		Compiled with support for IME input method.
 multi_lang		Compiled with support for multiple languages.
@@ -10239,7 +10313,7 @@ quickfix		Compiled with |quickfix| support.
 reltime			Compiled with |reltime()| support.
 rightleft		Compiled with 'rightleft' support.
 ruby			Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|.
-scrollbind		Compiled with 'scrollbind' support.
+scrollbind		Compiled with 'scrollbind' support. (always true)
 showcmd			Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
 signs			Compiled with |:sign| support.
 smartindent		Compiled with 'smartindent' support.
@@ -10247,7 +10321,8 @@ spell			Compiled with spell checking support |spell|.
 startuptime		Compiled with |--startuptime| support.
 statusline		Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
 			and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
-sun_workshop		Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|.
+sun			SunOS version of Vim.
+sun_workshop		Support for Sun |workshop| has been removed.
 syntax			Compiled with syntax highlighting support |syntax|.
 syntax_items		There are active syntax highlighting items for the
 			current buffer.
@@ -10278,27 +10353,29 @@ user_commands		User-defined commands.
 vcon			Win32: Virtual console support is working, can use
 			'termguicolors'. Also see |+vtp|.
 vertsplit		Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
+			(always true)
 vim_starting		True while initial source'ing takes place. |startup|
 			*vim_starting*
 viminfo			Compiled with viminfo support.
-virtualedit		Compiled with 'virtualedit' option.
+virtualedit		Compiled with 'virtualedit' option. (always true)
 visual			Compiled with Visual mode. (always true)
 visualextra		Compiled with extra Visual mode commands. (always
 			true) |blockwise-operators|.
 vms			VMS version of Vim.
-vreplace		Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
+vreplace		Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands. (always true)
 vtp			Compiled for vcon support |+vtp| (check vcon to find
 			out if it works in the current console).
 wildignore		Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
 wildmenu		Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
-win16			old version for MS-Windows 3.1 (always False)
+win16			old version for MS-Windows 3.1 (always false)
 win32			Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95 and later, 32 or
 			64 bits)
 win32unix		Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
 win64			Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
-win95			Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME (always False)
+win95			Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME (always false)
 winaltkeys		Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
 windows			Compiled with support for more than one window.
+			(always true)
 writebackup		Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
 xfontset		Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
 xim			Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
@@ -10770,9 +10847,13 @@ This does NOT work: >
 			When the selected range of items is partly past the
 			end of the list, items will be added.
 
-					*:let+=* *:let-=* *:let.=* *E734*
+                                            *:let+=* *:let-=* *:letstar=*
+                                            *:let/=* *:let%=* *:let.=* *E734*
 :let {var} += {expr1}	Like ":let {var} = {var} + {expr1}".
 :let {var} -= {expr1}	Like ":let {var} = {var} - {expr1}".
+:let {var} *= {expr1}	Like ":let {var} = {var} * {expr1}".
+:let {var} /= {expr1}	Like ":let {var} = {var} / {expr1}".
+:let {var} %= {expr1}	Like ":let {var} = {var} % {expr1}".
 :let {var} .= {expr1}	Like ":let {var} = {var} . {expr1}".
 			These fail if {var} was not set yet and when the type
 			of {var} and {expr1} don't fit the operator.
@@ -11030,28 +11111,34 @@ This does NOT work: >
 			NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
 			properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop.
 
-:for {var} in {list}					*:for* *E690* *E732*
+:for {var} in {object}					*:for* *E690* *E732*
 :endfo[r]						*:endfo* *:endfor*
 			Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for
-			each item in {list}.  Variable {var} is set to the
-			value of each item.
-			When an error is detected for a command inside the
-			loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
-			Changing {list} inside the loop affects what items are
-			used.  Make a copy if this is unwanted: >
+			each item in {object}.  {object} can be a |List| or
+			a |Blob|.  Variable {var} is set to the value of each
+			item.  When an error is detected for a command inside
+			the loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
+			Changing {object} inside the loop affects what items
+			are used.  Make a copy if this is unwanted: >
 				:for item in copy(mylist)
-<			When not making a copy, Vim stores a reference to the
-			next item in the list, before executing the commands
-			with the current item.  Thus the current item can be
-			removed without effect.  Removing any later item means
-			it will not be found.  Thus the following example
-			works (an inefficient way to make a list empty): >
+<
+			When {object} is a |List| and not making a copy, Vim
+			stores a reference to the next item in the |List|
+			before executing the commands with the current item.
+			Thus the current item can be removed without effect.
+			Removing any later item means it will not be found.
+			Thus the following example works (an inefficient way
+			to make a |List| empty): >
 				for item in mylist
 				   call remove(mylist, 0)
 				endfor
-<			Note that reordering the list (e.g., with sort() or
+<			Note that reordering the |List| (e.g., with sort() or
 			reverse()) may have unexpected effects.
 
+			When {object} is a |Blob|, Vim always makes a copy to
+			iterate over.  Unlike with |List|, modifying the
+			|Blob| does not affect the iteration.
+
 :for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
 :endfo[r]
 			Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
@@ -11127,14 +11214,14 @@ This does NOT work: >
 			commands are skipped.
 			When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught.
 			Examples: >
-		:catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/	" catch interrupts (CTRL-C)
-		:catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/	" catch all Vim errors
-		:catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/	" catch errors and interrupts
-		:catch /^Vim(write):/		" catch all errors in :write
-		:catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123/	" catch error E123
-		:catch /my-exception/		" catch user exception
-		:catch /.*/			" catch everything
-		:catch				" same as /.*/
+		:catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/	 " catch interrupts (CTRL-C)
+		:catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/	 " catch all Vim errors
+		:catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/	 " catch errors and interrupts
+		:catch /^Vim(write):/		 " catch all errors in :write
+		:catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123:/ " catch error E123
+		:catch /my-exception/		 " catch user exception
+		:catch /.*/			 " catch everything
+		:catch				 " same as /.*/
 <
 			Another character can be used instead of / around the
 			{pattern}, so long as it does not have a special

runtime/doc/farsi.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2015 Aug 29
+*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran
@@ -9,261 +9,12 @@ Right to Left and Farsi Mapping for Vim		*farsi* *Farsi*
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
 						*E27*
-In order to use right-to-left and Farsi mapping support, it is necessary to
-compile Vim with the |+farsi| feature.
+Farsi support has been removed in patch 8.1.0932.  At that time it was
+outdated and unused.
 
-These functions have been made by Mortaza G. Shiran <shiran@jps.net>
+If you would like to bring Farsi support back, please have a look at the old
+Farsi code, as it was present at the 8.1 release.  It should be merged with
+Arabic support using the Unicode character set.
 
 
-Introduction
-------------
-In right-to-left oriented files the characters appear on the screen from right
-to left.  This kind of file is most useful when writing Farsi documents,
-composing faxes or writing Farsi memos.
-
-The commands, prompts and help files are not in Farsi, therefore the user
-interface remains the standard Vi interface.
-
-
-Highlights
-----------
-o  Editing left-to-right files as in the original Vim, no change.
-
-o  Viewing and editing files in right-to-left windows.   File orientation is
-   per window, so it is possible to view the same file in right-to-left and
-   left-to-right modes, simultaneously.
-
-o  Compatibility to the original Vim.   Almost all features work in
-   right-to-left mode (see bugs below).
-
-o  Changing keyboard mapping and reverse insert modes using a single
-   command.
-
-o  Backing from reverse insert mode to the correct place in the file
-   (if possible).
-
-o  While in Farsi mode, numbers are entered from left to right.  Upon entering
-   a none number character, that character will be inserted just into the
-   left of the last number.
-
-o  No special terminal with right-to-left capabilities is required.  The
-   right-to-left changes are completely hardware independent.  Only
-   Farsi font is necessary.
-
-o  Farsi keymapping on the command line in reverse insert mode.
-
-o  Toggling between left-to-right and right-to-left via F8 function key.
-
-o  Toggling between Farsi ISIR-3342 standard encoding and Vim Farsi via F9
-   function key.  Since this makes sense only for the text written in
-   right-to-left mode, this function is also supported only in right-to-left
-   mode.
-
-Farsi Fonts					*farsi-fonts*
------------
-
-The following files are found in the subdirectories of the '$VIM/farsi/fonts'
-directory:
-
-   +  far-a01.pcf    X Windows fonts for Unix including Linux systems
-   +  far-a01.bf     X Windows fonts for SunOS
-   +  far-a01.f16    a screen fonts for Unix including Linux systems
-   +  far-a01.fon    a monospaced fonts for Windows NT/95/98
-   +  far-a01.com    a screen fonts for DOS
-
-
-Font Installation
------------------
-
-o  Installation of fonts for MS Window systems (NT/95/98)
-
-   From 'Control Panel' folder, start the 'Fonts' program.  Then from 'file'
-   menu item select 'Install New Fonts ...'.  Browse and select the
-   'far-a01.fon', then follow the installation guide.
-   NOTE: several people have reported that this does not work.  The solution
-   is unknown.
-
-o  Installation of fonts for X Window systems (Unix/Linux)
-
-   Depending on your system, copy far-a01.pcf.Z or far-a01.pcf.gz into a
-   directory of your choice.  Change to the directory containing the Farsi
-   fonts and execute the following commands:
-
-   >  mkfontdir
-   >  xset +fp path_name_of_farsi_fonts_directory
-
-o  Installation of fonts for X Window systems (SunOS)
-
-   Copy far-a01.bf font into a directory of your choice.
-   Change to the directory containing the far-a01.fb fonts and
-   execute the following commands:
-
-   >  fldfamily
-   >  xset +fp path_name_of_fonts_directory
-
-o  Installation of ASCII screen fonts (Unix/Linux)
-
-   For Linux system, copy the far-a01.f16 fonts into /usr/lib/kbd/consolefonts
-   directory and execute the setfont program as "setfont far-a01.f16".  For
-   other systems (e.g. SCO Unix), please refer to the fonts installation
-   section of your system administration manuals.
-
-o  Installation of ASCII screen fonts (DOS)
-
-   After system power on, prior to the first use of Vim, upload the Farsi
-   fonts by executing the far-a01.com font uploading program.
-
-
-Usage
------
-Prior to starting Vim, the environment in which Vim can run in Farsi mode,
-must be set.  In addition to installation of Farsi fonts, following points
-refer to some of the system environments, which you may need to set:
-Key code mapping, loading graphic card in ASCII screen mode, setting the IO
-driver in 8 bit clean mode ... .
-
-o  Setting the Farsi fonts
-
-   +  For Vim GUI set the 'guifont' to far-a01.  This is done by entering
-      ':set guifont=far-a01' in the Vim window.
-
-      You can have 'guifont' set to far-a01 by Vim during the Vim startup
-      by appending the ':set guifont=far-a01' into your .vimrc file
-      (in case of NT/95/98 platforms _vimrc).
-
-      Under the X Window environment, you can also start Vim with the
-      '-fn far-a01' option.
-
-   +  For Vim within a xterm, start a xterm with the Farsi fonts (e.g.
-      kterm -fn far-a01).  Then start Vim inside the kterm.
-
-   +  For Vim under DOS, prior to the first usage of Vim, upload the Farsi
-      fonts by executing the far-a01.com fonts uploading program.
-
-o  Farsi Keymapping Activation
-
-   To activate the Farsi keymapping, set either 'altkeymap' or 'fkmap'.
-   This is done by entering ':set akm' or ':set fk' in the Vim window.
-   You can have 'altkeymap' or 'fkmap' set as default by appending ':set akm'
-   or ':set fk' in your .vimrc file or _vimrc in case of NT/95/98 platforms.
-
-   To turn off the Farsi keymapping as a default second language keymapping,
-   reset the 'altkeymap' by entering ':set noakm'.
-
-o  right-to-left Farsi Mode
-
-   By default Vim starts in Left-to-right mode.  Following are ways to change
-   the window orientation:
-
-   + Start Vim with the -F option (e.g. vim -F ...).
-
-   + Use the F8 function key to toggle between left-to-right and right-to-left.
-
-   + While in Left-to-right mode, enter 'set rl' in the command line ('rl' is
-     the abbreviation for rightleft).
-
-   + Put the 'set rl' line in your '.vimrc' file to start Vim in
-     right-to-left mode permanently.
-
-Encoding
---------
-
-The letter encoding used is the Vim extended ISIR-3342 standard with a built
-in function to convert between Vim extended ISIR-3342 and ISIR-3342 standard.
-
-For document portability reasons, the letter encoding is kept the same across
-different platforms (i.e. UNIX's, NT/95/98, MS DOS, ...).
-
-
-o  Keyboard
-
-   +  CTRL-_ in insert/replace modes toggles between Farsi(akm)/Latin
-      mode as follows:
-
-   +  CTRL-_ moves the cursor to the end of the typed text in edit mode.
-
-   +  CTRL-_ in command mode only toggles keyboard mapping between Farsi(akm)/
-      Latin.  The Farsi text is then entered in reverse insert mode.
-
-   +  F8 - Toggles between left-to-right and right-to-left.
-
-   +  F9 - Toggles the encoding between ISIR-3342 standard and Vim extended
-      ISIR-3342 (supported only in right-to-left mode).
-
-   +  Keyboard mapping is based on the Iranian ISIRI-2901 standard.
-      Following table shows the keyboard mapping while Farsi(akm) mode set:
-
-	-------------------------------------
-	`  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9  0  -  =
-	<09>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>
-	-------------------------------------
-	~  !  @  #  $  %  ^  &  *  (  )  _  +
-	~  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>
-	-------------------------------------
-	q  w  e  r  t  z  u  i  o  p  [  ]
-	<09>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>
-	-------------------------------------
-	Q  W  E  R  T  Z  U  I  O  P  {  }
-	<09>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  [  ]  {  }
-	-------------------------------------
-	a  s  d  f  g  h  j  k  l  ;  '  \
-	<09>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>
-	-------------------------------------
-	A  S  D  F  G  H  J  K  L  :  "  |
-	<09>  <20><> <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>
-	-------------------------------------
-	<  y  x  c  v  b  n  m  ,  .  /
-	<09>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>
-	-------------------------------------
-	>  Y  X  C  V  B  N  M  <  >  ?
-	<09>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>  <20>
-	-------------------------------------
-
-Note:
-	<09>  stands for Farsi PSP (break without space)
-
-	<09>  stands for Farsi PCN (for HAMZE attribute)
-
-Restrictions
-------------
-
-o  In insert/replace mode and fkmap (Farsi mode) set, CTRL-B is not
-   supported.
-
-o  If you change the character mapping between Latin/Farsi, the redo buffer
-   will be reset (emptied).  That is, redo is valid and will function (using
-   '.') only within the mode you are in.
-
-o  While numbers are entered in Farsi mode, the redo buffer will be reset
-   (emptied).  That is, you cannot redo the last changes (using '.') after
-   entering numbers.
-
-o  While in left-to-right mode and Farsi mode set, CTRL-R is not supported.
-
-o  While in right-to-left mode, the search on 'Latin' pattern does not work,
-   except if you enter the Latin search pattern in reverse.
-
-o  In command mode there is no support for entering numbers from left
-   to right and also for the sake of flexibility the keymapping logic is
-   restricted.
-
-o  Under the X Window environment, if you want to run Vim within a xterm
-   terminal emulator and Farsi mode set, you need to have an ANSI compatible
-   xterm terminal emulator.  This is because the letter codes above 128 decimal
-   have certain meanings in the standard xterm terminal emulator.
-
-   Note: Under X Window environment, Vim GUI works fine in Farsi mode.
-	 This eliminates the need of any xterm terminal emulator.
-
-
-Bugs
-----
-While in insert/replace and Farsi mode set, if you repeatedly change the
-cursor position (via cursor movement) and enter new text and then try to undo
-the last change, the undo will lag one change behind.  But as you continue to
-undo, you will reach the original line of text.  You can also use U to undo all
-changes made in the current line.
-
-For more information about the bugs refer to rileft.txt.
-
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -663,6 +663,15 @@ your |vimrc|: >
 	let rrst_dynamic_comments = 0
 
 
+RESTRUCTUREDTEXT					*ft-rst-plugin*
+
+The following formatting setting are optionally available: >
+	setlocal expandtab shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 tabstop=8
+
+To enable this behavior, set the following variable in your vimrc: >
+	let g:rst_style = 1
+
+
 RPM SPEC						*ft-spec-plugin*
 
 Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 01
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -180,7 +180,6 @@ Interfaces ~
 |if_ole.txt|	OLE automation interface for Win32
 |if_ruby.txt|	Ruby interface
 |debugger.txt|	Interface with a debugger
-|workshop.txt|	Sun Visual Workshop interface
 |netbeans.txt|	NetBeans External Editor interface
 |sign.txt|	debugging signs
 

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Nov 24
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list
 			and inserting line breaks.
 
 							*perl-Blob*
-VIM::Blob({expr})	Return Blob literal string 0zXXXX from scalar value.
+VIM::Blob({expr})	Return |Blob| literal string 0zXXXX from scalar value.
 
 							*perl-SetHeight*
 Window->SetHeight({height})

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Mar 15
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Vim::message({msg})
 
 							*ruby-blob*
 Vim::blob({arg})
-	Return Blob literal string from {arg}.
+	Return |Blob| literal string from {arg}.
 
 							*ruby-set_option*
 Vim::set_option({arg})

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Apr 04
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,12 +60,13 @@ typing certain characters or commands in certain contexts.  Note that this not
 only triggers C-indenting.  When 'indentexpr' is not empty 'indentkeys' is
 used instead.  The format of 'cinkeys' and 'indentkeys' is equal.
 
-The default is "0{,0},0),:,0#,!^F,o,O,e" which specifies that indenting occurs
-as follows:
+The default is "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e" which specifies that indenting
+occurs as follows:
 
 	"0{"	if you type '{' as the first character in a line
 	"0}"	if you type '}' as the first character in a line
 	"0)"	if you type ')' as the first character in a line
+	"0]"	if you type ']' as the first character in a line
 	":"	if you type ':' after a label or case statement
 	"0#"	if you type '#' as the first character in a line
 	"!^F"	if you type CTRL-F (which is not inserted)
@@ -947,6 +948,11 @@ can sometimes be slow, thus it timeouts after 150 msec.  If you notice the
 indenting isn't correct, you can set a larger timeout in msec: >
 	let g:pyindent_searchpair_timeout = 500
 
+If looking back for unclosed parenthesis is still too slow, especially during
+a copy-paste operation, or if you don't need indenting inside multi-line
+parentheses, you can completely disable this feature: >
+	let g:pyindent_disable_parentheses_indenting = 1
+
 
 R								*ft-r-indent*
 

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Apr 19
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Mar 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -17,9 +17,11 @@ to look for deleting something, use: "/delete".
    2.3. Square bracket commands		|[|
    2.4. Commands starting with 'g'	|g|
    2.5. Commands starting with 'z'	|z|
+   2.6. Operator-pending mode		|operator-pending-index|
 3. Visual mode				|visual-index|
 4. Command-line editing			|ex-edit-index|
-5. EX commands				|ex-cmd-index|
+5. Terminal-Job mode			|terminal-job-index|
+6. EX commands				|ex-cmd-index|
 
 For an overview of options see help.txt |option-list|.
 For an overview of built-in functions see |functions|.
@@ -166,6 +168,20 @@ commands in CTRL-X submode				*i_CTRL-X_index*
 |i_CTRL-X_s|		CTRL-X s	spelling suggestions
 {not available when compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature}
 
+commands in completion mode (see |popupmenu-keys|)
+
+|complete_CTRL-E| CTRL-E	stop completion and go back to original text
+|complete_CTRL-Y| CTRL-Y	accept selected match and stop completion
+		CTRL-L		insert one character from the current match
+		<CR>		insert currently selected match
+		<BS>		delete one character and redo search
+		CTRL-H		same as <BS>
+		<Up>		select the previous match
+		<Down>		select the next match
+		<PageUp>	select a match several entries back
+		<PageDown>	select a match several entries forward
+		other		stop completion and insert the typed character
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Normal mode						*normal-index*
 
@@ -528,10 +544,8 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-W_CTRL-]|	CTRL-W CTRL-]	   same as "CTRL-W ]"
 |CTRL-W_CTRL-^|	CTRL-W CTRL-^	   same as "CTRL-W ^"
 |CTRL-W_CTRL-_|	CTRL-W CTRL-_	   same as "CTRL-W _"
-|CTRL-W_quote|	CTRL-W "	   terminal window: paste register
 |CTRL-W_+|	CTRL-W +	   increase current window height N lines
 |CTRL-W_-|	CTRL-W -	   decrease current window height N lines
-|CTRL-W_.|	CTRL-W .	   terminal window: type CTRL-W
 |CTRL-W_:|	CTRL-W :	   same as |:|, edit a command line
 |CTRL-W_<|	CTRL-W <	   decrease current window width N columns
 |CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =	   make all windows the same height & width
@@ -540,7 +554,6 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-W_J|	CTRL-W J	   move current window to the very bottom
 |CTRL-W_K|	CTRL-W K	   move current window to the very top
 |CTRL-W_L|	CTRL-W L	   move current window to the far right
-|CTRL-W_N|	CTRL-W N	   terminal window: go to Terminal Normal mode
 |CTRL-W_P|	CTRL-W P	   go to preview window
 |CTRL-W_R|	CTRL-W R	   rotate windows upwards N times
 |CTRL-W_S|	CTRL-W S	   same as "CTRL-W s"
@@ -570,6 +583,8 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-W_gF|	CTRL-W g F	   edit file name under the cursor in a new
 				   tab page and jump to the line number
 				   following the file name.
+|CTRL-W_gt|	CTRL-W g t	   same as `gt`: go to next tab page
+|CTRL-W_gT|	CTRL-W g T	   same as `gT`: go to previous tab page
 |CTRL-W_h|	CTRL-W h	   go to Nth left window (stop at first window)
 |CTRL-W_i|	CTRL-W i	   split window and jump to declaration of
 				   identifier under the cursor
@@ -854,6 +869,17 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |z<Left>|	z<Left>		   same as "zh"
 |z<Right>|	z<Right>	   same as "zl"
 
+==============================================================================
+2.6 Operator-pending mode			*operator-pending-index*
+
+These can be used after an operator, but before a {motion} has been entered.
+
+tag		char		action in Operator-pending mode	~
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+|o_v|		v		force operator to work characterwise
+|o_V|		V		force operator to work linewise
+|o_CTRL-V|	CTRL-V		force operator to work blockwise
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Visual mode						*visual-index*
 
@@ -976,7 +1002,7 @@ Normal characters are inserted at the current cursor position.
 "Completion" below refers to context-sensitive completion.  It will complete
 file names, tags, commands etc. as appropriate.
 
-tag		command	      action in Command-line editing mode	~
+tag		command		action in Command-line editing mode	~
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 		CTRL-@		not used
 |c_CTRL-A|	CTRL-A		do completion on the pattern in front of the
@@ -1066,16 +1092,37 @@ tag		command	      action in Command-line editing mode	~
 |c_<Insert>|	<Insert>	toggle insert/overstrike mode
 |c_<LeftMouse>|	<LeftMouse>	cursor at mouse click
 
+==============================================================================
+5. Terminal-Job mode				*terminal-job-index*
+
+Most Normal mode commands except for window commands (|CTRL-W|) do not work in
+a terminal window. Switch to Terminal-Normal mode to use them.
+This assumes 'termwinkey' is not set.
+
+tag		char		action in Terminal-Job mode	~
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+|t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	switch to Terminal-Normal mode
+|t_CTRL-W_N|	CTRL-W N	switch to Terminal-Normal mode
+|t_CTRL-W_:|	CTRL-W :	enter an Ex command
+|t_CTRL-W_.|	CTRL-W .	type CTRL-W in the terminal
+		CTRL-W CTRL-\	send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal
+|t_CTRL-W_quote|	CTRL-W " {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+				paste register in the terminal
+|t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C| CTRL-W CTRL-C	forcefully ends the job
+|t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W| CTRL-W CTRL-W   move focus to the next window
+|t_CTRL-W_gt|	CTRL-W gt	go to next tabpage, same as `gt`
+|t_CTRL-W_gT|	CTRL-W gT	go to previous tabpage, same as `gT`
+
 You found it, Arthur!				*holy-grail* *:smile*
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. EX commands					*ex-cmd-index* *:index*
+6. EX commands					*ex-cmd-index* *:index*
 
 This is a brief but complete listing of all the ":" commands, without
 mentioning any arguments.  The optional part of the command name is inside [].
 The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 
-tag	      command	      action ~
+tag		command		action ~
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 |:!|		:!		filter lines or execute an external command
 |:!!|		:!!		repeat last ":!" command
@@ -1457,8 +1504,9 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:recover|	:rec[over]	recover a file from a swap file
 |:redo|		:red[o]		redo one undone change
 |:redir|	:redi[r]	redirect messages to a file or register
-|:redraw|	:redr[aw]	force a redraw of the display
-|:redrawstatus|	:redraws[tatus]	force a redraw of the status line(s)
+|:redraw|	:redr[aw]	  force a redraw of the display
+|:redrawstatus|	:redraws[tatus]	  force a redraw of the status line(s)
+|:redrawtabline|  :redrawt[abline]  force a redraw of the tabline
 |:registers|	:reg[isters]	display the contents of registers
 |:resize|	:res[ize]	change current window height
 |:retab|	:ret[ab]	change tab size
@@ -1643,7 +1691,6 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 				argument list
 |:wq|		:wq		write to a file and quit window or Vim
 |:wqall|	:wqa[ll]	write all changed buffers and quit Vim
-|:wsverb|	:ws[verb]	pass the verb to workshop over IPC
 |:wundo|	:wu[ndo]	write undo information to a file
 |:wviminfo|	:wv[iminfo]	write to viminfo file
 |:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and quit window or Vim

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Feb 10
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1078,7 +1078,8 @@ that contains the List.  The Dict can have these items:
 			leading text is changed.
 
 If you want to suppress the warning message for an empty result, return
-v:none.  This is useful to implement asynchronous completion with complete().
+|v:none|.  This is useful to implement asynchronous completion with
+|complete()|.
 
 Other items are ignored.
 

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 01
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -268,9 +268,9 @@ In this documentation there are several references to other versions of Vi:
 Vi	"the original".  Without further remarks this is the version
 	of Vi that appeared in Sun OS 4.x.  ":version" returns
 	"Version 3.7, 6/7/85".  Sometimes other versions are referred
-	to.  Only runs under Unix.  Source code only available with a
-	license.  More information on Vi can be found through:
-		http://vi-editor.org	[doesn't currently work...]
+	to.  Only runs under Unix.  Source code is now available under a
+	BSD-style license.  More information on Vi can be found through:
+		http://ex-vi.sourceforge.net/
 							*Posix*
 Posix	From the IEEE standard 1003.2, Part 2: Shell and utilities.
 	Generally known as "Posix".  This is a textual description of
@@ -285,11 +285,10 @@ Nvi	The "New" Vi.  The version of Vi that comes with BSD 4.4 and FreeBSD.
 	Source code is freely available.
 							*Elvis*
 Elvis	Another Vi clone, made by Steve Kirkendall.  Very compact but isn't
-	as flexible as Vim.
-	The version used is 2.1.  It is still being developed.  Source code is
-	freely available.
-							*NeoVim*
-NeoVim	A Vim clone.  Forked the Vim source in 2014 and went a different way.
+	as flexible as Vim.  Development has stalled, Elvis has left the
+	building!  Source code is freely available.
+							*Neovim*
+Neovim	A Vim clone.  Forked the Vim source in 2014 and went a different way.
 	Very much bound to github and has many more dependencies, making
 	development more complex and limiting portability.  Code has been
 	refactored, resulting in patches not being exchangeable with Vim.

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -14,9 +14,6 @@ For an introduction to the most common features, see |usr_45.txt| in the user
 manual.
 For changing the language of messages and menus see |mlang.txt|.
 
-{not available when compiled without the |+multi_byte| feature}
-
-
 1.  Getting started			|mbyte-first|
 2.  Locale				|mbyte-locale|
 3.  Encoding				|mbyte-encoding|
@@ -44,16 +41,6 @@ features.  Unfortunately, every system has its own way to deal with multibyte
 languages and it is quite complicated.
 
 
-COMPILING
-
-If you already have a compiled Vim program, check if the |+multi_byte| feature
-is included.  The |:version| command can be used for this.
-
-If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "normal", "big" or
-"huge" features.  You can further tune what features are included.  See the
-INSTALL files in the source directory.
-
-
 LOCALE
 
 First of all, you must make sure your current locale is set correctly.  If

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 27
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Mar 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ _  <underscore>		[count] - 1 lines downward, on the first non-blank
 G			Goto line [count], default last line, on the first
 			non-blank character |linewise|.  If 'startofline' not
 			set, keep the same column.
-			G is a one of |jump-motions|.
+			G is one of the |jump-motions|.
 
 							*<C-End>*
 <C-End>			Goto line [count], default last line, on the last
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
 
 A "jump" is a command that normally moves the cursor several lines away.  If
 you make the cursor "jump" the position of the cursor before the jump is
-remembered.  You can return to that position with the "''" and "``" command,
+remembered.  You can return to that position with the "''" and "``" commands,
 unless the line containing that position was changed or deleted.  The
 following commands are "jump" commands: "'", "`", "G", "/", "?", "n", "N",
 "%", "(", ")", "[[", "]]", "{", "}", ":s", ":tag", "L", "M", "H" and the

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Jul 15
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
 
 
-					*netbeans* *netbeans-support*
+					*netbeans* *NetBeans* *netbeans-support*
 
 Vim NetBeans Protocol: a socket interface for Vim integration into an IDE.
 
@@ -123,8 +123,18 @@ Currently the NetBeans interface is supported by Vim running in a terminal and
 by gvim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows,
 Athena and Motif.
 
-If Motif support is required the user must supply XPM libraries.  See
-|workshop-xpm| for details on obtaining the latest version of XPM.
+							*netbeans-xpm*
+If Motif support is required the user must supply XPM libraries.
+The XPM library is required to show images within Vim with Motif or Athena.
+Without it the toolbar and signs will be disabled.
+
+The XPM library is provided by Arnaud Le Hors of the French National Institute
+for Research in Computer Science and Control.  It can be downloaded from
+http://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libXpm.  The current release, as of this
+writing, is xpm-3.4k-solaris.tgz, which is a gzip'ed tar file.  If you create
+the directory /usr/local/xpm and untar the file there you can use the
+uncommented lines in the Makefile without changing them.  If you use another
+xpm directory you will need to change the XPM_DIR in src/Makefile.
 
 
 On MS-Windows:

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 27
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Mar 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -354,12 +354,12 @@ files.  You use this command: >
 	:setlocal makeprg=perlmake
 You can switch back to using the global value by making the local value empty: >
 	:setlocal makeprg=
-This only works for a string option.  For a boolean option you need to use the
-"<" flag, like this: >
+This only works for a string option.  For a number or boolean option you need
+to use the "<" flag, like this: >
 	:setlocal autoread<
-Note that for non-boolean options using "<" copies the global value to the
-local value, it doesn't switch back to using the global value (that matters
-when the global value changes later).  You can also use: >
+Note that for non-boolean and non-number options using "<" copies the global
+value to the local value, it doesn't switch back to using the global value
+(that matters when the global value changes later).  You can also use: >
 	:set path<
 This will make the local value of 'path' empty, so that the global value is
 used.  Thus it does the same as: >
@@ -383,9 +383,9 @@ Setting the filetype
 
 			When the optional FALLBACK argument is present, a
 			later :setfiletype command will override the
-			'filetype'.  This is to used for filetype detections
-			that are just a guess.  |did_filetype()| will return
-			false after this command.
+			'filetype'.  This is to be used for filetype
+			detections that are just a guess.  |did_filetype()|
+			will return false after this command.
 
 			{not in Vi}
 
@@ -688,20 +688,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+farsi|
 			feature}
-	When on, the second language is Farsi.  In editing mode CTRL-_ toggles
-	the keyboard map between Farsi and English, when 'allowrevins' set.
-
-	When off, the keyboard map toggles between Hebrew and English.  This
-	is useful to start the Vim in native mode i.e. English (left-to-right
-	mode) and have default second language Farsi or Hebrew (right-to-left
-	mode).  See |farsi.txt|.
+	This option was for using Farsi, which has been removed.  See
+	|farsi.txt|.
 
 						*'ambiwidth'* *'ambw'*
 'ambiwidth' 'ambw'	string (default: "single")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 	Only effective when 'encoding' is "utf-8" or another Unicode encoding.
 	Tells Vim what to do with characters with East Asian Width Class
 	Ambiguous (such as Euro, Registered Sign, Copyright Sign, Greek
@@ -1282,8 +1275,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'bomb'			boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 	When writing a file and the following conditions are met, a BOM (Byte
 	Order Mark) is prepended to the file:
 	- this option is on
@@ -1445,8 +1436,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'casemap' 'cmp'		string	(default: "internal,keepascii")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 	Specifies details about changing the case of letters.  It may contain
 	these words, separated by a comma:
 	internal	Use internal case mapping functions, the current
@@ -1502,8 +1491,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				*'charconvert'* *'ccv'* *E202* *E214* *E513*
 'charconvert' 'ccv'	string (default "")
 			global
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			and |+eval| features}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+eval| feature}
 			{not in Vi}
 	An expression that is used for character encoding conversion.  It is
 	evaluated when a file that is to be read or has been written has a
@@ -1564,7 +1552,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 							*'cinkeys'* *'cink'*
-'cinkeys' 'cink'	string	(default "0{,0},0),:,0#,!^F,o,O,e")
+'cinkeys' 'cink'	string	(default "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e")
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+cindent|
@@ -1662,7 +1650,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			You probably want to add this only temporarily,
 			possibly use BufEnter autocommands.
 			Only supported for GTK version 2 and later.
-			Only available with the |+multi_byte| feature.
 
 						*clipboard-exclude*
 	exclude:{pattern}
@@ -2273,7 +2260,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			deleted only once.  Also when repeating "R" with "."
 			and a count.
 								*cpo-y*
-		y	A yank command can be redone with ".".
+		y	A yank command can be redone with ".".  Think twice if
+			you really want to use this, it may break some
+			plugins, since most people expect "." to only repeat a
+			change.
 								*cpo-Z*
 		Z	When using "w!" while the 'readonly' option is set,
 			don't reset 'readonly'.
@@ -2554,8 +2544,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'delcombine' 'deco'	boolean (default off)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 	If editing Unicode and this option is set, backspace and Normal mode
 	"x" delete each combining character on its own.  When it is off (the
 	default) the character along with its combining characters are
@@ -2632,6 +2620,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		context:{n}	Use a context of {n} lines between a change
 				and a fold that contains unchanged lines.
 				When omitted a context of six lines is used.
+				When using zero the context is actually one,
+				since folds require a line in between, also
+				for a deleted line.
 				See |fold-diff|.
 
 		iblank		Ignore changes where lines are all blank.  Adds
@@ -2806,16 +2797,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'emoji' 'emo'	boolean (default: on)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 	When on all Unicode emoji characters are considered to be full width.
 
 
 					*'encoding'* *'enc'* *E543*
 'encoding' 'enc'	string (default: "latin1" or value from $LANG)
 			global
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 			{not in Vi}
 	Sets the character encoding used inside Vim.  It applies to text in
 	the buffers, registers, Strings in expressions, text stored in the
@@ -3018,8 +3005,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				*'fileencoding'* *'fenc'* *E213*
 'fileencoding' 'fenc'	string (default: "")
 			local to buffer
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 			{not in Vi}
 	Sets the character encoding for the file of this buffer.
 
@@ -3075,8 +3060,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				    "ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1" when
 				    'encoding' is set to a Unicode value)
 			global
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 			{not in Vi}
 	This is a list of character encodings considered when starting to edit
 	an existing file.  When a file is read, Vim tries to use the first
@@ -3131,9 +3114,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	is read.
 
 					*'fileformat'* *'ff'*
-'fileformat' 'ff'	string (MS-DOS, MS-Windows, OS/2 default: "dos",
-				Unix default: "unix",
-				Macintosh default: "mac")
+'fileformat' 'ff'	string (MS-Windows default: "dos",
+				Unix, macOS default: "unix")
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 	This gives the <EOL> of the current buffer, which is used for
@@ -3156,9 +3138,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 					*'fileformats'* *'ffs'*
 'fileformats' 'ffs'	string (default:
-				Vim+Vi	MS-DOS, MS-Windows OS/2: "dos,unix",
-				Vim	Unix: "unix,dos",
-				Vim	Mac: "mac,unix,dos",
+				Vim+Vi	MS-Windows: "dos,unix",
+				Vim	Unix, macOS: "unix,dos",
 				Vi	Cygwin: "unix,dos",
 				Vi	others: "")
 			global
@@ -3300,9 +3281,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+rightleft|
 			feature}
-	When on, the keyboard is mapped for the Farsi character set.
-	Normally you would set 'allowrevins' and use CTRL-_ in insert mode to
-	toggle this option |i_CTRL-_|.  See |farsi.txt|.
+	This option was for using Farsi, which has been removed.  See
+	|farsi.txt|.
 
 						*'foldclose'* *'fcl'*
 'foldclose' 'fcl'	string (default "")
@@ -4323,8 +4303,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'imactivatefunc' 'imaf'	string (default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 	This option specifies a function that will be called to
 	activate or deactivate the Input Method.
 	It is not used in the GUI.
@@ -4376,8 +4354,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'imcmdline' 'imc'	boolean (default off)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 	When set the Input Method is always on when starting to edit a command
 	line, unless entering a search pattern (see 'imsearch' for that).
 	Setting this option is useful when your input method allows entering
@@ -4388,8 +4364,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'imdisable' 'imd'	boolean (default off, on for some systems (SGI))
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 	When set the Input Method is never used.  This is useful to disable
 	the IM when it doesn't work properly.
 	Currently this option is on by default for SGI/IRIX machines.  This
@@ -4442,8 +4416,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'imstatusfunc' 'imsf'	string (default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 	This option specifies a function that is called to obtain the status
 	of Input Method.  It must return a positive number when IME is active.
 	It is not used in the GUI.
@@ -4604,7 +4576,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 
 						*'indentkeys'* *'indk'*
-'indentkeys' 'indk'	string	(default "0{,0},:,0#,!^F,o,O,e")
+'indentkeys' 'indk'	string	(default "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e")
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+cindent|
@@ -5188,8 +5160,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					*'makeencoding'* *'menc'*
 'makeencoding' 'menc'	string	(default "")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 			{not in Vi}
 	Encoding used for reading the output of external commands.  When empty,
 	encoding is not converted.
@@ -5256,8 +5226,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'maxcombine' 'mco'	number (default 2)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 	The maximum number of combining characters supported for displaying.
 	Only used when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
 	The default is OK for most languages.  Hebrew may require 4.
@@ -5532,8 +5500,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The 'mousemodel' option is set by the |:behave| command.
 
 					*'mouseshape'* *'mouses'* *E547*
-'mouseshape' 'mouses'	string	(default "i:beam,r:beam,s:updown,sd:cross,
-					m:no,ml:up-arrow,v:rightup-arrow")
+'mouseshape' 'mouses'	string	(default "i-r:beam,s:updown,sd:udsizing,
+					vs:leftright,vd:lrsizing,m:no,
+					ml:up-arrow,v:rightup-arrow")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+mouseshape|
@@ -6025,8 +5994,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'printmbcharset' 'pmbcs'  string (default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+printer|,
-			|+postscript| and |+multi_byte| features}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+printer|
+			and |+postscript| features}
 	The CJK character set to be used for CJK output from |:hardcopy|.
 	See |pmbcs-option|.
 
@@ -6034,8 +6003,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'printmbfont' 'pmbfn'	string (default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+printer|,
-			|+postscript| and |+multi_byte| features}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+printer|
+			and |+postscript| features}
 	List of font names to be used for CJK output from |:hardcopy|.
 	See |pmbfn-option|.
 
@@ -6587,14 +6556,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'scrolloff'* *'so'*
 'scrolloff' 'so'	number	(default 0, set to 5 in |defaults.vim|)
-			global
+			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Minimal number of screen lines to keep above and below the cursor.
 	This will make some context visible around where you are working.  If
 	you set it to a very large value (999) the cursor line will always be
 	in the middle of the window (except at the start or end of the file or
 	when long lines wrap).
-	For scrolling horizontally see 'sidescrolloff'.
+	After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
+	these two: >
+		setlocal scrolloff<
+		setlocal scrolloff=-1
+<	For scrolling horizontally see 'sidescrolloff'.
 	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'scrollopt'* *'sbo'*
@@ -7149,7 +7122,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'sidescrolloff'* *'siso'*
 'sidescrolloff' 'siso'	number (default 0)
-			global
+			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	The minimal number of screen columns to keep to the left and to the
 	right of the cursor if 'nowrap' is set.  Setting this option to a
@@ -7159,7 +7132,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	to a large value (like 999) has the effect of keeping the cursor
 	horizontally centered in the window, as long as one does not come too
 	close to the beginning of the line.
-	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when 'compatible' is set.
+	After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
+	these two: >
+		setlocal sidescrolloff<
+		setlocal sidescrolloff=-1
+<	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when 'compatible' is set.
 
 	Example: Try this together with 'sidescroll' and 'listchars' as
 		 in the following example to never allow the cursor to move
@@ -7994,8 +7971,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'termencoding' 'tenc'	string	(default ""; with GTK+ GUI: "utf-8"; with
 						    Macintosh GUI: "macroman")
 			global
-			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
 			{not in Vi}
 	Encoding used for the terminal.  This specifies what character
 	encoding the keyboard produces and the display will understand.  For
@@ -8091,6 +8066,26 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the size of the terminal.  In that case the Vim window will be
 	adjusted to that size, if possible.
 
+						*'termwintype'* *'twt'*
+'termwintype' 'twt'	string  (default "")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |terminal|
+			feature on MS-Windows}
+	Specify the virtual console (pty) used when opening the terminal
+	window.
+
+	Possible values are:
+	    ""		use ConPTY if it is stable, winpty otherwise
+	    "winpty"	use winpty, fail if not supported
+	    "conpty"	use |ConPTY|, fail if not supported
+
+	|ConPTY| support depends on the platform.  Windows 10 October 2018
+	Update is the first version that supports ConPTY, however it is still
+	considered unstable.  ConPTY might become stable in the next release
+	of Windows 10.  winpty support needs to be installed.  If neither is
+	supported then you cannot open a terminal window.
+
 						*'terse'* *'noterse'*
 'terse'			boolean	(default off)
 			global

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 06
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -104,6 +104,8 @@ to set up GUI fonts etc. correctly.  See :help xim from Vim command prompt.
 You may want to use GUI with GTK icons, then you have to download and install
 GTK for OpenVMS or at least runtime shareable images - LIBGTK from
 polarhome.com
+Post 7.2 Vim uses GTK2+ while the last GTK on OpenVMS is 1.2.10, therefore
+the GTK build is no longer available.
 
 For more advanced questions, please send your problem to Vim on VMS mailing
 list <vim-vms@polarhome.com>
@@ -201,10 +203,10 @@ You can check that everything is at the right place with the :version command.
 
 Example LOGIN.COM: >
 
-	$ define/nolog VIM RF10:[UTIL.VIM]
+ 	$ define/nolog VIM DKA0:[UTIL.VIM81]
 	$ vi*m :== mcr VIM:VIM.EXE
 	$ gv*im:== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:VIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
-	$ set disp/create/node=192.168.5.223/trans=tcpip
+	$ set disp/create/node=192.168.10.202/trans=tcpip
 
 Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on a standalone server or
 clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as an internode editor in
@@ -764,6 +766,16 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 
 9. VMS related changes					*vms-changes*
 
+Version 8.1
+- make necessary changes to build v8.1 on VMS
+
+Version 8.0
+- solve the 100% cpu usage issue while waiting for a keystroke
+- correct the VMS warnings and errors around handling the INFINITY (used in json.c)
+- minor VMS port related changes
+- correct the make_vms.mms file for 8.0
+- fix [.TESTDIR]make_vms.mms for 8.0
+
 Version 7.4
 - Undo: VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name"
   add _un_ at the beginning to keep the extension

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 26
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1118,6 +1118,9 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 *[:tab:]*	  [:tab:]		the <Tab> character
 *[:escape:]*	  [:escape:]		the <Esc> character
 *[:backspace:]*	  [:backspace:]		the <BS> character
+*[:ident:]*	  [:ident:]		identifier character (same as "\i")
+*[:keyword:]*	  [:keyword:]		keyword character (same as "\k")
+*[:fname:]*	  [:fname:]		file name character (same as "\f")
 	  The brackets in character class expressions are additional to the
 	  brackets delimiting a collection.  For example, the following is a
 	  plausible pattern for a UNIX filename: "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+" That is,
@@ -1132,7 +1135,7 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  The "Func" column shows what library function is used.  The
 	  implementation depends on the system.  Otherwise:
 	  (1) Uses islower() for ASCII and Vim builtin rules for other
-	  characters when built with the |+multi_byte| feature.
+	  characters.
 	  (2) Uses Vim builtin rules
 	  (3) As with (1) but using isupper()
 							*/[[=* *[==]*
@@ -1208,7 +1211,7 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 \%u20AC	Matches the character specified with up to four hexadecimal
 	characters.
 \%U1234abcd	Matches the character specified with up to eight hexadecimal
-	characters.
+	characters, up to 0x7fffffff
 
 ==============================================================================
 7. Ignoring case in a pattern					*/ignorecase*

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -3504,7 +3504,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			- Click "Add..."
 			- Set External Editor (adjust path as needed, include
 			  the quotes and !.! at the end):
-			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim70\gvim.exe" !.!
+			    "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim81\gvim.exe" !.!
 			- Check that the filetype in the box below is
 			  {asterisk}.{asterisk} (all files), or whatever types
 			  you want (cec: change {asterisk} to * ; I had to
@@ -3754,8 +3754,8 @@ by obtaining a copy of the latest (often developmental) netrw at:
 
 The <netrw.vim> script is typically installed on systems as something like:
 >
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/autoload/netrw.vim
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim8x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim8x/autoload/netrw.vim
 		(see output of :echo &rtp)
 <
 which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).  If you

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -111,10 +111,9 @@ not recognized by Vim will just be converted to lower case and underscores
 replaced with '-' signs.
 
 If 'printencoding' is empty or Vim cannot find the file then it will use
-'encoding' (if Vim is compiled with |+multi_byte| and it is set an 8-bit
-encoding) to find the print character encoding file.  If Vim is unable to find
-a character encoding file then it will use the "latin1" print character
-encoding file.
+'encoding' (if it is set an 8-bit encoding) to find the print character
+encoding file.  If Vim is unable to find a character encoding file then it
+will use the "latin1" print character encoding file.
 
 When 'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding, Vim will try to convert
 characters to the printing encoding for printing (if 'printencoding' is empty

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 09
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -111,14 +111,14 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 :[count]lne[xt][!]	Same as ":cnext", except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
-:[count]cN[ext][!]			*:cp* *:cprevious* *:cN* *:cNext*
+:[count]cN[ext][!]		*:cp* *:cprevious*  *:cprev* *:cN* *:cNext*
 :[count]cp[revious][!]	Display the [count] previous error in the list that
 			includes a file name.  If there are no file names at
 			all, go to the [count] previous error.  See |:cc| for
 			[!] and 'switchbuf'.
 
 
-:[count]lN[ext][!]			*:lp* *:lprevious* *:lN* *:lNext*
+:[count]lN[ext][!]		*:lp* *:lprevious* *:lprev* *:lN* *:lNext*
 :[count]lp[revious][!]	Same as ":cNext" and ":cprevious", except the location
 			list for the current window is used instead of the
 			quickfix list.
@@ -367,8 +367,8 @@ modify the title of a quickfix and location list respectively. Examples: >
 <
 							*quickfix-index*
 When you jump to a quickfix/location list entry using any of the quickfix
-commands (e.g. |cc|, |cnext|, |cprev|, etc.), that entry becomes the currently
-selected entry. The index of the currently selected entry in a
+commands (e.g. |:cc|, |:cnext|, |:cprev|, etc.), that entry becomes the
+currently selected entry. The index of the currently selected entry in a
 quickfix/location list can be obtained using the getqflist()/getloclist()
 functions. Examples: >
 	echo getqflist({'idx' : 0}).idx
@@ -496,6 +496,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 			second quickfix window.  If [height] is given the
 			existing window will be resized to it.
 
+							*quickfix-buffer*
 			The window will contain a special buffer, with
 			'buftype' equal to "quickfix".  Don't change this!
 			The window will have the w:quickfix_title variable set
@@ -504,7 +505,11 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 			status line if the value of 'statusline' is adjusted
 			properly. Whenever this buffer is modified by a
 			quickfix command or function, the |b:changedtick|
-			variable is incremented.
+			variable is incremented.  You can get the number of
+			this buffer using the getqflist() and getloclist()
+			functions by passing the 'qfbufnr' item. For a
+			location list, this buffer is wiped out when the
+			location list is removed.
 
 							*:lop* *:lopen*
 :lop[en] [height]	Open a window to show the location list for the
@@ -670,12 +675,18 @@ using these functions are below:
     " get the quickfix list window id
     :echo getqflist({'winid' : 0}).winid
 
+    " get the quickfix list window buffer number
+    :echo getqflist({'qfbufnr' : 0}).qfbufnr
+
     " get the context of the current location list
     :echo getloclist(0, {'context' : 0}).context
 
     " get the location list window id of the third window
     :echo getloclist(3, {'winid' : 0}).winid
 
+    " get the location list window buffer number of the third window
+    :echo getloclist(3, {'qfbufnr' : 0}).qfbufnr
+
     " get the file window id of a location list window (winnr: 4)
     :echo getloclist(4, {'filewinid' : 0}).filewinid
 <

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Apr 18
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -600,7 +600,6 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'aleph'		  'al'	    ASCII code of the letter Aleph (Hebrew)
 'allowrevins'	  'ari'     allow CTRL-_ in Insert and Command-line mode
-'altkeymap'	  'akm'     for default second language (Farsi/Hebrew)
 'ambiwidth'	  'ambw'    what to do with Unicode chars of ambiguous width
 'antialias'	  'anti'    Mac OS X: use smooth, antialiased fonts
 'autochdir'	  'acd'     change directory to the file in the current window
@@ -700,7 +699,6 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'filetype'	  'ft'	    type of file, used for autocommands
 'fillchars'	  'fcs'     characters to use for displaying special items
 'fixendofline'	  'fixeol'  make sure last line in file has <EOL>
-'fkmap'		  'fk'	    Farsi keyboard mapping
 'foldclose'	  'fcl'     close a fold when the cursor leaves it
 'foldcolumn'	  'fdc'     width of the column used to indicate folds
 'foldenable'	  'fen'     set to display all folds open
@@ -930,6 +928,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'termwinkey'	  'twk'	    key that precedes a Vim command in a terminal
 'termwinscroll'   'twsl'    max number of scrollback lines in a terminal window
 'termwinsize'	  'tws'	    size of a terminal window
+'termwintype'	  'twt'	    MS-Windows: type of pty to use for terminal window
 'terse'			    shorten some messages
 'textauto'	  'ta'	    obsolete, use 'fileformats'
 'textmode'	  'tx'	    obsolete, use 'fileformat'

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -323,8 +323,6 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 				set encoding=utf-8
 				scriptencoding utf-8
 <
-			When compiled without the |+multi_byte| feature this
-			command is ignored.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 						*:scr* *:scriptnames*

runtime/doc/russian.txt

@@ -55,8 +55,7 @@ automatic installs.  Vim also needs to be compiled with |+gettext| feature for
 user interface items translations to work.
 
 After downloading an archive from RuVim project, unpack it into your
-$VIMRUNTIME directory.  We recommend using UTF-8 archive, if your version of
-Vim is compiled with |+multi_byte| feature enabled.
+$VIMRUNTIME directory.  We recommend using UTF-8 archive.
 
 In order to use the Russian documentation, make sure you have set the
 'helplang' option to "ru".

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 06
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ terminal emulator.
 Signs and highlights are not useful just for debuggers.  Sun's Visual
 WorkShop uses signs and highlights to mark build errors and SourceBrowser
 hits.  Additionally, the debugger supports 8 to 10 different signs and
-highlight colors. |workshop|  Same for Netbeans |netbeans|.
+highlight colors, see |NetBeans|.
 
 There are two steps in using signs:
 
@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ There are two steps in using signs:
    displayed.  A defined sign can be placed several times in different lines
    and files.
 
+							*sign-column*
 When signs are defined for a file, Vim will automatically add a column of two
 characters to display them in.  When the last sign is unplaced the column
 disappears again.  This behavior can be changed with the 'signcolumn' option.
@@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ Example to set the color: >
 							*sign-identifier*
 Each placed sign is identified by a number called the sign identifier. This
 identifier is used to jump to the sign or to remove the sign. The identifier
-is assigned when placing the sign using the |sign-place| command or the
+is assigned when placing the sign using the |:sign-place| command or the
 |sign_place()| function. Each sign identifier should be a unique number. If
 multiple placed signs use the same identifier, then jumping to or removing a
 sign becomes unpredictable. To avoid overlapping identifiers, sign groups can
@@ -76,6 +77,10 @@ on the same line, the attributes of the sign with the highest priority is used
 independent of the sign group. The default priority for a sign is 10. The
 priority is assigned at the time of placing a sign.
 
+When the line on which the sign is placed is deleted, the sign is moved to the
+next line (or the last line of the buffer, if there is no next line).  When
+the delete is undone the sign does not move back.
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Commands					*sign-commands* *:sig* *:sign*
 

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Mar 29
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -312,25 +312,25 @@ Exceptions:
   spell file is used.
 
 For example, with these values:
-	'runtimepath' is "~/.vim,/usr/share/vim70,~/.vim/after"
+	'runtimepath' is "~/.vim,/usr/share/vim81,~/.vim/after"
 	'encoding'    is "iso-8859-2"
 	'spelllang'   is "pl"
 
 Vim will look for:
 1. ~/.vim/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl
-2. /usr/share/vim70/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl
+2. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl
 3. ~/.vim/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl
-4. /usr/share/vim70/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl
+4. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl
 5. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl
 
 This assumes 1. is not found and 2. is found.
 
 If 'encoding' is "latin1" Vim will look for:
 1. ~/.vim/spell/pl.latin1.spl
-2. /usr/share/vim70/spell/pl.latin1.spl
+2. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.latin1.spl
 3. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.latin1.spl
 4. ~/.vim/spell/pl.ascii.spl
-5. /usr/share/vim70/spell/pl.ascii.spl
+5. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.ascii.spl
 6. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.ascii.spl
 
 This assumes none of them are found (Polish doesn't make sense when leaving
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ When the Myspell files are updated you can merge the differences:
 	vimdiff xx_YY.orig.dic xx_YY.new.dic
 3. Take over the changes you like in xx_YY.dic.
    You may also need to change xx_YY.aff.
-4. Rename xx_YY.new.dic to xx_YY.orig.dic and xx_YY.new.aff to xx_YY.new.aff.
+4. Rename xx_YY.new.dic to xx_YY.orig.dic and xx_YY.new.aff to xx_YY.orig.aff.
 
 
 SPELL FILE VERSIONS					*E770* *E771* *E772*
@@ -1582,6 +1582,10 @@ CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE  (Hunspell)			*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE*
 		Forbid three identical characters when compounding.  Not
 		supported.
 
+CHECKSHARPS  (Hunspell))			*spell-CHECKSHARPS*
+		SS letter pair in uppercased (German) words may be upper case
+		sharp s (ß). Not supported.
+
 COMPLEXPREFIXES  (Hunspell)				*spell-COMPLEXPREFIXES*
 		Enables using two prefixes.  Not supported.
 
@@ -1595,12 +1599,21 @@ COMPOUNDFIRST	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDFIRST*
 		Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE|
 
 COMPOUNDBEGIN	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDBEGIN*
+		Words signed with COMPOUNDBEGIN may be first elements in
+		compound words.
+		Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE|
+
+COMPOUNDLAST	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDLAST*
+		Words signed with COMPOUNDLAST may be last elements in
+		compound words.
 		Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE|
 
 COMPOUNDEND	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDEND*
-		Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE|
+		Probably the same as COMPOUNDLAST
 
 COMPOUNDMIDDLE	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDMIDDLE*
+		Words signed with COMPOUNDMIDDLE may be middle elements in
+		compound words.
 		Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE|
 
 COMPOUNDRULES	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDRULES*

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 05
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -248,12 +248,18 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		changes and writing.
 		{not in Vi}
 
-						*-Z* *restricted-mode* *E145*
+					*-Z* *restricted-mode* *E145* *E981*
 -Z		Restricted mode.  All commands that make use of an external
 		shell are disabled.  This includes suspending with CTRL-Z,
-		":sh", filtering, the system() function, backtick expansion,
-		delete(), rename(), mkdir(), writefile(), libcall(),
-		job_start(), etc.
+		":sh", filtering, the system() function, backtick expansion
+		and libcall().
+		Also disallowed are delete(), rename(), mkdir(), job_start(),
+		etc.
+		Interfaces, such as Python, Ruby and Lua, are also disabled,
+		since they could be used to execute shell commands.  Perl uses
+		the Safe module.
+		Note that the user may still find a loophole to execute a
+		shell command, it has only been made difficult.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 							*-g*
@@ -315,9 +321,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		and exits.)  {not in Vi}
 
 							*-F*
--F		Farsi mode.  Sets the 'fkmap' and 'rightleft' options on.
-		(Only when compiled with |+rightleft| and |+farsi| features,
-		otherwise Vim gives an error message and exits.)  {not in Vi}
+-F		This was used for Farsi mode, which has been removed.
+		See |farsi.txt|.
 
 							*-H*
 -H		Hebrew mode.  Sets the 'hkmap' and 'rightleft' options on.

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -1095,6 +1095,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'termwinkey'	options.txt	/*'termwinkey'*
 'termwinscroll'	options.txt	/*'termwinscroll'*
 'termwinsize'	options.txt	/*'termwinsize'*
+'termwintype'	options.txt	/*'termwintype'*
 'terse'	options.txt	/*'terse'*
 'textauto'	options.txt	/*'textauto'*
 'textmode'	options.txt	/*'textmode'*
@@ -1135,6 +1136,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'twk'	options.txt	/*'twk'*
 'tws'	options.txt	/*'tws'*
 'twsl'	options.txt	/*'twsl'*
+'twt'	options.txt	/*'twt'*
 'tx'	options.txt	/*'tx'*
 'uc'	options.txt	/*'uc'*
 'udf'	options.txt	/*'udf'*
@@ -1717,6 +1719,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 05.6	usr_05.txt	/*05.6*
 05.7	usr_05.txt	/*05.7*
 05.8	usr_05.txt	/*05.8*
+05.9	usr_05.txt	/*05.9*
 06.1	usr_06.txt	/*06.1*
 06.2	usr_06.txt	/*06.2*
 06.3	usr_06.txt	/*06.3*
@@ -2238,6 +2241,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :cp	quickfix.txt	/*:cp*
 :cpf	quickfix.txt	/*:cpf*
 :cpfile	quickfix.txt	/*:cpfile*
+:cprev	quickfix.txt	/*:cprev*
 :cprevious	quickfix.txt	/*:cprevious*
 :cq	quickfix.txt	/*:cq*
 :cquit	quickfix.txt	/*:cquit*
@@ -2517,6 +2521,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :lefta	windows.txt	/*:lefta*
 :leftabove	windows.txt	/*:leftabove*
 :let	eval.txt	/*:let*
+:let%=	eval.txt	/*:let%=*
 :let+=	eval.txt	/*:let+=*
 :let-$	eval.txt	/*:let-$*
 :let-&	eval.txt	/*:let-&*
@@ -2527,6 +2532,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :let-register	eval.txt	/*:let-register*
 :let-unpack	eval.txt	/*:let-unpack*
 :let.=	eval.txt	/*:let.=*
+:let/=	eval.txt	/*:let\/=*
+:letstar=	eval.txt	/*:letstar=*
 :lex	quickfix.txt	/*:lex*
 :lexpr	quickfix.txt	/*:lexpr*
 :lf	quickfix.txt	/*:lf*
@@ -2584,6 +2591,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :lp	quickfix.txt	/*:lp*
 :lpf	quickfix.txt	/*:lpf*
 :lpfile	quickfix.txt	/*:lpfile*
+:lprev	quickfix.txt	/*:lprev*
 :lprevious	quickfix.txt	/*:lprevious*
 :lr	quickfix.txt	/*:lr*
 :lrewind	quickfix.txt	/*:lrewind*
@@ -2838,6 +2846,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :redraw	various.txt	/*:redraw*
 :redraws	various.txt	/*:redraws*
 :redrawstatus	various.txt	/*:redrawstatus*
+:redrawt	various.txt	/*:redrawt*
+:redrawtabline	various.txt	/*:redrawtabline*
 :reg	change.txt	/*:reg*
 :registers	change.txt	/*:registers*
 :res	windows.txt	/*:res*
@@ -3315,8 +3325,6 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :write_a	editing.txt	/*:write_a*
 :write_c	editing.txt	/*:write_c*
 :write_f	editing.txt	/*:write_f*
-:ws	workshop.txt	/*:ws*
-:wsverb	workshop.txt	/*:wsverb*
 :wundo	undo.txt	/*:wundo*
 :wv	starting.txt	/*:wv*
 :wviminfo	starting.txt	/*:wviminfo*
@@ -3576,6 +3584,9 @@ Athena	gui_x11.txt	/*Athena*
 B	motion.txt	/*B*
 BeBox	os_beos.txt	/*BeBox*
 BeOS	os_beos.txt	/*BeOS*
+Blob	eval.txt	/*Blob*
+Blobs	eval.txt	/*Blobs*
+Boolean	eval.txt	/*Boolean*
 Bram	intro.txt	/*Bram*
 BufAdd	autocmd.txt	/*BufAdd*
 BufCreate	autocmd.txt	/*BufCreate*
@@ -3634,7 +3645,6 @@ CTRL-V-alternative	gui_w32.txt	/*CTRL-V-alternative*
 CTRL-W	index.txt	/*CTRL-W*
 CTRL-W_+	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_+*
 CTRL-W_-	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_-*
-CTRL-W_.	terminal.txt	/*CTRL-W_.*
 CTRL-W_:	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_:*
 CTRL-W_<	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_<*
 CTRL-W_<BS>	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_<BS>*
@@ -3674,7 +3684,6 @@ CTRL-W_H	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_H*
 CTRL-W_J	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_J*
 CTRL-W_K	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_K*
 CTRL-W_L	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_L*
-CTRL-W_N	terminal.txt	/*CTRL-W_N*
 CTRL-W_P	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_P*
 CTRL-W_R	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_R*
 CTRL-W_S	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_S*
@@ -3689,9 +3698,11 @@ CTRL-W_c	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_c*
 CTRL-W_d	tagsrch.txt	/*CTRL-W_d*
 CTRL-W_f	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_f*
 CTRL-W_gF	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_gF*
+CTRL-W_gT	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_gT*
 CTRL-W_g]	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_g]*
 CTRL-W_g_CTRL-]	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_g_CTRL-]*
 CTRL-W_gf	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_gf*
+CTRL-W_gt	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_gt*
 CTRL-W_g}	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_g}*
 CTRL-W_h	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_h*
 CTRL-W_i	tagsrch.txt	/*CTRL-W_i*
@@ -3702,7 +3713,6 @@ CTRL-W_n	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_n*
 CTRL-W_o	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_o*
 CTRL-W_p	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_p*
 CTRL-W_q	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_q*
-CTRL-W_quote	terminal.txt	/*CTRL-W_quote*
 CTRL-W_r	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_r*
 CTRL-W_s	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_s*
 CTRL-W_t	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_t*
@@ -3736,6 +3746,7 @@ ColorSchemePre	autocmd.txt	/*ColorSchemePre*
 Command-line	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line*
 Command-line-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line-mode*
 CompleteDone	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteDone*
+ConPTY	terminal.txt	/*ConPTY*
 Contents	quickref.txt	/*Contents*
 Cscope	if_cscop.txt	/*Cscope*
 CursorHold	autocmd.txt	/*CursorHold*
@@ -3748,6 +3759,7 @@ D	change.txt	/*D*
 DOS	os_dos.txt	/*DOS*
 DOS-format	editing.txt	/*DOS-format*
 DOS-format-write	editing.txt	/*DOS-format-write*
+Dict	eval.txt	/*Dict*
 Dictionaries	eval.txt	/*Dictionaries*
 Dictionary	eval.txt	/*Dictionary*
 Dictionary-function	eval.txt	/*Dictionary-function*
@@ -4586,7 +4598,10 @@ E892	eval.txt	/*E892*
 E893	eval.txt	/*E893*
 E894	eval.txt	/*E894*
 E895	if_mzsch.txt	/*E895*
+E896	eval.txt	/*E896*
+E897	eval.txt	/*E897*
 E898	channel.txt	/*E898*
+E899	eval.txt	/*E899*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
 E901	channel.txt	/*E901*
 E902	channel.txt	/*E902*
@@ -4665,7 +4680,18 @@ E969	eval.txt	/*E969*
 E97	diff.txt	/*E97*
 E970	eval.txt	/*E970*
 E971	textprop.txt	/*E971*
+E972	eval.txt	/*E972*
+E973	eval.txt	/*E973*
+E974	eval.txt	/*E974*
+E975	eval.txt	/*E975*
+E976	eval.txt	/*E976*
+E977	eval.txt	/*E977*
+E978	eval.txt	/*E978*
+E979	eval.txt	/*E979*
 E98	diff.txt	/*E98*
+E980	eval.txt	/*E980*
+E981	starting.txt	/*E981*
+E982	terminal.txt	/*E982*
 E99	diff.txt	/*E99*
 EX	intro.txt	/*EX*
 EXINIT	starting.txt	/*EXINIT*
@@ -4769,9 +4795,11 @@ N:	cmdline.txt	/*N:*
 N<Del>	various.txt	/*N<Del>*
 NFA	pattern.txt	/*NFA*
 NL-used-for-Nul	pattern.txt	/*NL-used-for-Nul*
-NeoVim	intro.txt	/*NeoVim*
+Neovim	intro.txt	/*Neovim*
 NetBSD-backspace	options.txt	/*NetBSD-backspace*
+NetBeans	netbeans.txt	/*NetBeans*
 NetUserPass()	pi_netrw.txt	/*NetUserPass()*
+None	eval.txt	/*None*
 Normal	intro.txt	/*Normal*
 Normal-mode	intro.txt	/*Normal-mode*
 Number	eval.txt	/*Number*
@@ -4879,6 +4907,7 @@ SessionLoadPost	autocmd.txt	/*SessionLoadPost*
 ShellCmdPost	autocmd.txt	/*ShellCmdPost*
 ShellFilterPost	autocmd.txt	/*ShellFilterPost*
 SourceCmd	autocmd.txt	/*SourceCmd*
+SourcePost	autocmd.txt	/*SourcePost*
 SourcePre	autocmd.txt	/*SourcePre*
 Special	eval.txt	/*Special*
 SpellFileMissing	autocmd.txt	/*SpellFileMissing*
@@ -4991,7 +5020,10 @@ ZZ	editing.txt	/*ZZ*
 [:cntrl:]	pattern.txt	/*[:cntrl:]*
 [:digit:]	pattern.txt	/*[:digit:]*
 [:escape:]	pattern.txt	/*[:escape:]*
+[:fname:]	pattern.txt	/*[:fname:]*
 [:graph:]	pattern.txt	/*[:graph:]*
+[:ident:]	pattern.txt	/*[:ident:]*
+[:keyword:]	pattern.txt	/*[:keyword:]*
 [:lower:]	pattern.txt	/*[:lower:]*
 [:print:]	pattern.txt	/*[:print:]*
 [:punct:]	pattern.txt	/*[:punct:]*
@@ -5281,6 +5313,11 @@ beval_winid-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_winid-variable*
 beval_winnr-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_winnr-variable*
 binary-number	eval.txt	/*binary-number*
 bitwise-function	usr_41.txt	/*bitwise-function*
+blob	eval.txt	/*blob*
+blob-identity	eval.txt	/*blob-identity*
+blob-index	eval.txt	/*blob-index*
+blob-literal	eval.txt	/*blob-literal*
+blob-modification	eval.txt	/*blob-modification*
 blockwise-examples	visual.txt	/*blockwise-examples*
 blockwise-operators	visual.txt	/*blockwise-operators*
 blockwise-register	change.txt	/*blockwise-register*
@@ -5461,6 +5498,7 @@ ch_log()	eval.txt	/*ch_log()*
 ch_logfile()	eval.txt	/*ch_logfile()*
 ch_open()	eval.txt	/*ch_open()*
 ch_read()	eval.txt	/*ch_read()*
+ch_readblob()	eval.txt	/*ch_readblob()*
 ch_readraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_readraw()*
 ch_sendexpr()	eval.txt	/*ch_sendexpr()*
 ch_sendraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_sendraw()*
@@ -5820,6 +5858,7 @@ dec-mouse	options.txt	/*dec-mouse*
 decada_members	ft_ada.txt	/*decada_members*
 deepcopy()	eval.txt	/*deepcopy()*
 defaults.vim	starting.txt	/*defaults.vim*
+defaults.vim-explained	usr_05.txt	/*defaults.vim-explained*
 definition-search	tagsrch.txt	/*definition-search*
 definitions	intro.txt	/*definitions*
 delete()	eval.txt	/*delete()*
@@ -6093,7 +6132,6 @@ f	motion.txt	/*f*
 false-variable	eval.txt	/*false-variable*
 faq	intro.txt	/*faq*
 farsi	farsi.txt	/*farsi*
-farsi-fonts	farsi.txt	/*farsi-fonts*
 farsi.txt	farsi.txt	/*farsi.txt*
 fasm.vim	syntax.txt	/*fasm.vim*
 fcs_choice-variable	eval.txt	/*fcs_choice-variable*
@@ -6319,6 +6357,7 @@ ft-rmd-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-rmd-plugin*
 ft-rmd-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rmd-syntax*
 ft-rrst-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-rrst-plugin*
 ft-rrst-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rrst-syntax*
+ft-rst-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-rst-plugin*
 ft-rst-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rst-syntax*
 ft-ruby-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-ruby-omni*
 ft-ruby-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ruby-syntax*
@@ -7286,7 +7325,7 @@ lambda	eval.txt	/*lambda*
 lang-variable	eval.txt	/*lang-variable*
 language-mapping	map.txt	/*language-mapping*
 last-pattern	pattern.txt	/*last-pattern*
-last-position-jump	eval.txt	/*last-position-jump*
+last-position-jump	usr_05.txt	/*last-position-jump*
 last_buffer_nr()	eval.txt	/*last_buffer_nr()*
 latex-syntax	syntax.txt	/*latex-syntax*
 lc_time-variable	eval.txt	/*lc_time-variable*
@@ -7341,6 +7380,7 @@ locale	mbyte.txt	/*locale*
 locale-name	mbyte.txt	/*locale-name*
 localtime()	eval.txt	/*localtime()*
 location-list	quickfix.txt	/*location-list*
+location-list-file-window	quickfix.txt	/*location-list-file-window*
 location-list-window	quickfix.txt	/*location-list-window*
 log()	eval.txt	/*log()*
 log10()	eval.txt	/*log10()*
@@ -7586,6 +7626,7 @@ netbeans-protocol	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans-protocol*
 netbeans-run	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans-run*
 netbeans-setup	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans-setup*
 netbeans-support	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans-support*
+netbeans-xpm	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans-xpm*
 netbeans.txt	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans.txt*
 netreadfixup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netreadfixup*
 netrw	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw*
@@ -7952,6 +7993,7 @@ omni-sql-completion	ft_sql.txt	/*omni-sql-completion*
 online-help	helphelp.txt	/*online-help*
 opening-window	windows.txt	/*opening-window*
 operator	motion.txt	/*operator*
+operator-pending-index	index.txt	/*operator-pending-index*
 operator-variable	eval.txt	/*operator-variable*
 option-backslash	options.txt	/*option-backslash*
 option-list	quickref.txt	/*option-list*
@@ -8019,6 +8061,7 @@ peace	intro.txt	/*peace*
 penc-option	print.txt	/*penc-option*
 perl	if_perl.txt	/*perl*
 perl-Append	if_perl.txt	/*perl-Append*
+perl-Blob	if_perl.txt	/*perl-Blob*
 perl-Buffer	if_perl.txt	/*perl-Buffer*
 perl-Buffers	if_perl.txt	/*perl-Buffers*
 perl-Count	if_perl.txt	/*perl-Count*
@@ -8207,12 +8250,14 @@ quake.vim	syntax.txt	/*quake.vim*
 quickfix	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix*
 quickfix-6	version6.txt	/*quickfix-6*
 quickfix-ID	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-ID*
+quickfix-buffer	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-buffer*
 quickfix-changedtick	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-changedtick*
 quickfix-context	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-context*
 quickfix-directory-stack	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-directory-stack*
 quickfix-error-lists	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-error-lists*
 quickfix-functions	usr_41.txt	/*quickfix-functions*
 quickfix-gcc	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-gcc*
+quickfix-index	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-index*
 quickfix-manx	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-manx*
 quickfix-parse	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-parse*
 quickfix-perl	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-perl*
@@ -8332,6 +8377,7 @@ rrst.vim	syntax.txt	/*rrst.vim*
 rst.vim	syntax.txt	/*rst.vim*
 rsync	pi_netrw.txt	/*rsync*
 ruby	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby*
+ruby-blob	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-blob*
 ruby-buffer	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-buffer*
 ruby-command	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-command*
 ruby-commands	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-commands*
@@ -8482,9 +8528,11 @@ shift-left-right	change.txt	/*shift-left-right*
 shiftwidth()	eval.txt	/*shiftwidth()*
 short-name-changed	version4.txt	/*short-name-changed*
 showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
+sign-column	sign.txt	/*sign-column*
 sign-commands	sign.txt	/*sign-commands*
 sign-functions	usr_41.txt	/*sign-functions*
 sign-group	sign.txt	/*sign-group*
+sign-identifier	sign.txt	/*sign-identifier*
 sign-intro	sign.txt	/*sign-intro*
 sign-priority	sign.txt	/*sign-priority*
 sign-support	sign.txt	/*sign-support*
@@ -8492,6 +8540,7 @@ sign.txt	sign.txt	/*sign.txt*
 sign_define()	eval.txt	/*sign_define()*
 sign_getdefined()	eval.txt	/*sign_getdefined()*
 sign_getplaced()	eval.txt	/*sign_getplaced()*
+sign_jump()	eval.txt	/*sign_jump()*
 sign_place()	eval.txt	/*sign_place()*
 sign_undefine()	eval.txt	/*sign_undefine()*
 sign_unplace()	eval.txt	/*sign_unplace()*
@@ -8531,6 +8580,7 @@ spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP*
 spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN*
 spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDREP	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDREP*
 spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE*
+spell-CHECKSHARPS	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKSHARPS*
 spell-CIRCUMFIX	spell.txt	/*spell-CIRCUMFIX*
 spell-COMMON	spell.txt	/*spell-COMMON*
 spell-COMPLEXPREFIXES	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPLEXPREFIXES*
@@ -8540,6 +8590,7 @@ spell-COMPOUNDEND	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDEND*
 spell-COMPOUNDFIRST	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDFIRST*
 spell-COMPOUNDFLAG	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDFLAG*
 spell-COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG*
+spell-COMPOUNDLAST	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDLAST*
 spell-COMPOUNDMIDDLE	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDMIDDLE*
 spell-COMPOUNDMIN	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDMIN*
 spell-COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG*
@@ -8775,7 +8826,14 @@ t_AL	term.txt	/*t_AL*
 t_BD	term.txt	/*t_BD*
 t_BE	term.txt	/*t_BE*
 t_CS	term.txt	/*t_CS*
+t_CTRL-W_.	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-W_.*
+t_CTRL-W_:	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-W_:*
 t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
+t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W*
+t_CTRL-W_N	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-W_N*
+t_CTRL-W_gT	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-W_gT*
+t_CTRL-W_gt	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-W_gt*
+t_CTRL-W_quote	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-W_quote*
 t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-\\_CTRL-N*
 t_CV	term.txt	/*t_CV*
 t_Ce	term.txt	/*t_Ce*
@@ -8843,6 +8901,7 @@ t_ZH	term.txt	/*t_ZH*
 t_ZR	term.txt	/*t_ZR*
 t_al	term.txt	/*t_al*
 t_bc	term.txt	/*t_bc*
+t_blob-variable	eval.txt	/*t_blob-variable*
 t_bool-variable	eval.txt	/*t_bool-variable*
 t_cd	term.txt	/*t_cd*
 t_cdl	version4.txt	/*t_cdl*
@@ -9110,6 +9169,7 @@ terminal-diffscreendump	terminal.txt	/*terminal-diffscreendump*
 terminal-dumptest	terminal.txt	/*terminal-dumptest*
 terminal-functions	usr_41.txt	/*terminal-functions*
 terminal-info	term.txt	/*terminal-info*
+terminal-job-index	index.txt	/*terminal-job-index*
 terminal-key-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-key-codes*
 terminal-ms-windows	terminal.txt	/*terminal-ms-windows*
 terminal-options	term.txt	/*terminal-options*
@@ -9134,6 +9194,7 @@ test_autochdir()	eval.txt	/*test_autochdir()*
 test_feedinput()	eval.txt	/*test_feedinput()*
 test_garbagecollect_now()	eval.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
 test_ignore_error()	eval.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
+test_null_blob()	eval.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
 test_null_channel()	eval.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
 test_null_dict()	eval.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
 test_null_job()	eval.txt	/*test_null_job()*
@@ -9166,6 +9227,7 @@ tex.vim	syntax.txt	/*tex.vim*
 text-functions	usr_41.txt	/*text-functions*
 text-objects	motion.txt	/*text-objects*
 text-objects-changed	version5.txt	/*text-objects-changed*
+text-prop-changes	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-changes*
 text-prop-functions	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-functions*
 text-prop-intro	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-intro*
 text-properties	textprop.txt	/*text-properties*
@@ -9356,6 +9418,7 @@ v:swapchoice	eval.txt	/*v:swapchoice*
 v:swapcommand	eval.txt	/*v:swapcommand*
 v:swapname	eval.txt	/*v:swapname*
 v:t_TYPE	eval.txt	/*v:t_TYPE*
+v:t_blob	eval.txt	/*v:t_blob*
 v:t_bool	eval.txt	/*v:t_bool*
 v:t_channel	eval.txt	/*v:t_channel*
 v:t_dict	eval.txt	/*v:t_dict*
@@ -9726,12 +9789,7 @@ word-motions	motion.txt	/*word-motions*
 wordcount()	eval.txt	/*wordcount()*
 workbench	starting.txt	/*workbench*
 workshop	workshop.txt	/*workshop*
-workshop-commands	workshop.txt	/*workshop-commands*
-workshop-compiling	workshop.txt	/*workshop-compiling*
-workshop-configure	workshop.txt	/*workshop-configure*
-workshop-intro	workshop.txt	/*workshop-intro*
 workshop-support	workshop.txt	/*workshop-support*
-workshop-xpm	workshop.txt	/*workshop-xpm*
 workshop.txt	workshop.txt	/*workshop.txt*
 wrap-off	intro.txt	/*wrap-off*
 write-compiler-plugin	usr_41.txt	/*write-compiler-plugin*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 04
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -571,7 +571,14 @@ only supported by new versions of ctags (such as Exuberant ctags).
 {term}		;" The two characters semicolon and double quote.  This is
 		interpreted by Vi as the start of a comment, which makes the
 		following be ignored.  This is for backwards compatibility
-		with Vi, it ignores the following fields.
+		with Vi, it ignores the following fields. Example:
+			APP	file	/^static int APP;$/;"	v
+		When {tagaddress} is not a line number or search pattern, then
+		{term} must be |;".  Here the bar ends the command (excluding
+		the bar) and ;" is used to have Vi ignore the rest of the
+		line.  Example:
+			APP	file.c	call cursor(3, 4)|;"	v
+
 {field} ..	A list of optional fields.  Each field has the form:
 
 			<Tab>{fieldname}:{value}
@@ -606,8 +613,7 @@ ignored.  (Case is ignored when 'ignorecase' is set and 'tagcase' is
 The value '2' should be used then:
 	!_TAG_FILE_SORTED<Tab>2<Tab>{anything} ~
 
-The other tag that Vim recognizes, but only when compiled with the
-|+multi_byte| feature, is the encoding of the tags file:
+The other tag that Vim recognizes is the encoding of the tags file:
 	!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING<Tab>utf-8<Tab>{anything} ~
 Here "utf-8" is the encoding used for the tags.  Vim will then convert the tag
 being searched for from 'encoding' to the encoding of the tags file.  And when

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Oct 14
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -334,11 +334,15 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)	*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
 		|termcap-cursor-shape|
 	t_RV	request terminal version string (for xterm)	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
-		|xterm-8bit| |v:termresponse| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+		The response is stored in |v:termresponse|
+		|xterm-8bit| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
+		The response is stored in |v:termu7resp|
 	t_RF	request terminal foreground color		*t_RF* *'t_RF'*
+		The response is stored in |v:termrfgresp|
 	t_RB	request terminal background color		*t_RB* *'t_RB'*
+		The response is stored in |v:termrbgresp|
 	t_8f	set foreground color (R, G, B)			*t_8f* *'t_8f'*
 		|xterm-true-color|
 	t_8b	set background color (R, G, B)			*t_8b* *'t_8b'*
@@ -351,7 +355,9 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_EC	set cursor color end				*t_EC* *'t_EC'*
 	t_SH	set cursor shape				*t_SH* *'t_SH'*
 	t_RC	request terminal cursor blinking		*t_RC* *'t_RC'*
+		The response is stored in |v:termblinkresp|
 	t_RS	request terminal cursor style			*t_RS* *'t_RS'*
+		The response is stored in |v:termstyleresp|
 	t_ST	save window title to stack			*t_ST* *'t_ST'*
 	t_RT	restore window title from stack			*t_RT* *'t_RT'*
 	t_Si	save icon text to stack				*t_Si* *'t_Si'*

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 17
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ If the result is "1" you have it.
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 {only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
-The terminal feature requires the |+multi_byte|, |+job| and |+channel| features.
+The terminal feature requires the |+job| and |+channel| features.
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Basic use						*terminal-use*
@@ -66,20 +66,23 @@ When the keyboard focus is in the terminal window, typed keys will be sent to
 the job.  This uses a pty when possible.  You can click outside of the
 terminal window to move keyboard focus elsewhere.
 
+						*t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W* *t_CTRL-W_:*
 CTRL-W can be used to navigate between windows and other CTRL-W commands, e.g.:
 	CTRL-W CTRL-W	move focus to the next window
 	CTRL-W :	enter an Ex command
 See |CTRL-W| for more commands.
 
-Special in the terminal window:			*CTRL-W_.*  *CTRL-W_N* 
+Special in the terminal window:			*t_CTRL-W_.*  *t_CTRL-W_N* 
 	CTRL-W .	send a CTRL-W to the job in the terminal
 	CTRL-W CTRL-\	send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal
 	CTRL-W N	go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode|
 	CTRL-\ CTRL-N   go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode|
-	CTRL-W " {reg}  paste register {reg}		*CTRL-W_quote*
+	CTRL-W " {reg}  paste register {reg}		*t_CTRL-W_quote*
 			Also works with the = register to insert the result of
 			evaluating an expression.
 	CTRL-W CTRL-C	ends the job, see below |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C|
+	CTRL-W gt	go to next tabpage, same as `gt`	*t_CTRL-W_gt*
+	CTRL-W gT	go to previous tabpage, same as `gT`	*t_CTRL-W_gT*
 
 See option 'termwinkey' for specifying another key instead of CTRL-W that
 will work like CTRL-W.  However, typing 'termwinkey' twice sends 'termwinkey'
@@ -90,8 +93,8 @@ to the job.  For example:
 	'termwinkey' .	       send 'termwinkey' to the job in the terminal
 	'termwinkey' CTRL-\    send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal
 	'termwinkey' N	       go to terminal Normal mode, see below
-	'termwinkey' CTRL-N    same as CTRL-W N
-	'termwinkey' CTRL-C    same as |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C|
+	'termwinkey' CTRL-N    same as CTRL-W N |t_CTRL-W_N|
+	'termwinkey' CTRL-C    same as CTRL-W CTRL-C |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C|
 							*t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N*
 The special key combination CTRL-\ CTRL-N can be used to switch to Normal
 mode, just like this works in any other mode.
@@ -228,6 +231,9 @@ Syntax ~
 					for Python "++eof=exit()".  Special
 					codes can be used like with `:map`,
 					e.g. "<C-Z>" for CTRL-Z.
+			++type={pty}	(MS-Windows only): Use {pty} as the
+					virtual console.  See 'termwintype'
+					for the values.
 
 			If you want to use more options use the |term_start()|
 			function.
@@ -410,6 +416,13 @@ Just put the files somewhere in your PATH.  You can set the 'winptydll' option
 to point to the right file, if needed.  If you have both the 32-bit and 64-bit
 version, rename to winpty32.dll and winpty64.dll to match the way Vim was
 build.
+							*ConPTY* *E982*
+On more recent versions of MS-Windows 10 (beginning with the "October 2018
+Update"), winpty is no longer required. On those versions, |:terminal| will use
+Windows' built-in support for hosting terminal applications, "ConPTY".  When
+ConPTY is in use, there may be rendering artifacts regarding ambiguous-width
+characters. If you encounter any such issues, install "winpty".  Until the
+ConPTY problems have been fixed "winpty" will be preferred.
 
 Environment variables are used to pass information to the running job:
     VIM_SERVERNAME	v:servername

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 30
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ What is not working yet:
 
 1. Introduction			|text-prop-intro|
 2. Functions			|text-prop-functions|
+3. When text changes		|text-prop-changes|
 
 
 {Vi does not have text properties}
@@ -113,5 +114,25 @@ prop_list({lnum} [, {props})  		text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 					remove a text property
 
+==============================================================================
+3. When text changes				*text-prop-changes*
+
+Vim will do its best to keep the text properties on the text where it was
+attached.  When inserting or deleting text the properties after the change
+will move accordingly.
+
+When text is deleted and a text property no longer includes any text, it is
+deleted.  However, a text property that was defined as zero-width will remain,
+unless the whole line is deleted.
+
+When using replace mode, the text properties stay on the same character
+positions, even though the characters themselves change.
+
+
+When text property columns are not updated ~
+
+- When setting the line with |setline()| or through an interface, such as Lua,
+  Tcl or Python.
+
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 01
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Mar 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Valgrind error in old regexp engine when using TOhtml.
-(Dominique, 2018 Dec 31, #3749)
+Patch to add Farsi handling to arabic.c (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 2)
+Added test, updates, June 23.
+Updated for 7.4: http://litcave.rudi.ir/farsi_vim.diff
+Remark from Ameretat Reith (2014 Oct 13) with patch on top.
+Updated patch from Ameretat Reith, 2019 Mar 1.
 
-Possible errors reported from fuzzer. Shadowblade #3716
-a) using get_regline() without checking for NULL
-b) using getcell() in libvterm without checking for NULL
+Timer test doesn't work on MS-Windows console, any way to make it work?
+
+Drop FEAT_TAG_ANYWHITE ?  It should not be a compile time option.
 
 'incsearch' with :s: (#3321)
+- Get E20 when using command history to get "'<,'>s/a/b" and no Visual area
+  was set. (#3837)
 - :s/foo  using CTRL-G moves to another line, should not happen, or use the
   correct line (it uses the last but one line) (Lifepillar, Aug 18, #3345)
 - :s@pat/tern@ doesn't include "/" in the pattern. (Takahiro Yoshihara, #3637)
@@ -66,6 +71,7 @@ Terminal debugger:
 - Add option to not open the program window.  It's not used when attaching to
   an already running program. (M. Kelly)
 - When only gdb window exists, on "quit" edit another buffer.
+- Use a sign group
 - Termdebug does not work when Vim was build with mzscheme: gdb hangs just
   after "run".  Everything else works, including communication channel.  Not
   initializing mzscheme avoid the problem, thus it's not some #ifdef.
@@ -76,12 +82,15 @@ Terminal debugger:
   with another Vim instance.
 
 Terminal emulator window:
-- GUI: When using ":set go+=!" a system() call causes the hit-enter prompt.
-  (#3327)
-- GUI: hang until key typed. (#3530)
 - When the job in the terminal doesn't use mouse events, let the scroll wheel
   scroll the scrollback, like a terminal does at the shell prompt. #2490
   And use modeless selection.  #2962
+- When Vim runs in the terminal and changes the title, the statusline needs to
+  be redrawn.
+- GUI: When using ":set go+=!" a system() call causes the hit-enter prompt.
+  (#3327)
+- Terminal API: Add more functionality? (Ozaki Kiichi 2018 May 13, #2907)
+- GUI: hang until key typed. (#3530)
 - Allow for specifying the directory, with ++cwd={dir}.
 - With a vertical split only one window is updated. (Linwei, 2018 Jun 2,
   #2977)
@@ -96,7 +105,6 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - Win32: Redirecting output works but includes escape sequences.
 - Win32: Make terminal used for :!cmd in the GUI work better.  Allow for
   redirection.
-- Terminal API: Add more functionality? (Ozaki Kiichi 2018 May 13, #2907)
 - When the job only outputs lines, we could handle resizing the terminal
   better: store lines separated by line breaks, instead of screen lines,
   then when the window is resized redraw those lines.
@@ -106,55 +114,39 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
-":function" can now silently overwrite the function from the same script.
-Do the same for ":command" ?
+Support for popup widows:
+- Use text properties to define highlighting.
+- Proposal on issue #4063
 
-Update for German spell files: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim/compare/5e021c990f8817a50d3264782a5...3b27c92f297540761ebbd92d04fb3
-(Christian Brabandt, 2018 Nov 4)
+Adding "10" to 'spellsuggest' causes spell suggestions to become very slow.
+(#4087)
 
 Problem with Visual yank when 'linebreak' and 'showbreak' are set.
 Patch with tests, but it's not clear how it is supposed to work. (tommm, 2018
 Nov 17)  Asked about this, Dec 22. Christian will have a look.
 
-Key mapping times out when using a timer in Gvim. (Michael Henry, 2018 Sep 9,
-#3417)
-
-Add v:motion_force. (Kana Natsuno, 2008 Dec 6)
-Maybe call it v:motiontype.  Update in #3490.
-Alternative: add the force flag to mode(), after "no".
-Patch ready to include?
-
 Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 - _stat64 is not defined, need to use "struct stat" in vim.h
 - WINVER conflict, should use 0x0600 by default?
 
-Signs:
--   Use a sign group in the Termdebug plugin.
--   Avoid that "sign unplace id" does a redraw right away, esp. when there is
-    a sequence of these commands. (Andy Stewart, 2018 Mar 16)
--   Patch to right-align signs. (James Kolb (email james), 2013 Sep 23)
--   Patch from Christian Brabandt to make the "buffer" argument for ":sign
-    place" optional. (2013 Jul 12)
+Patch for 'listchars' when there is a composing character on a space.
+How about when there is a double-width composing character on a space?
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #4046)
+Test doesn't fail without patch?
+
+Patch to add ruby cflags. (#4050, fixes #1081)
+Needs modification.
 
 Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
 13, #2910)  Can't reproduce?
 
-Patch to add blob type support.  (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 26, #3638)
-Should be ready to include.
-
 Errors found with random data:
     heap-buffer-overflow in alist_add (#2472)
 
-Win32 key codes are messy.  Mike Williams tried to fix that, but now old
-mappings no longer work.  Create a new terminal for the better solution?
-
 Improve fallback for menu translations, to avoid having to create lots of
 files that source the actual file.  E.g. menu_da_de -> menu_da
 Include part of #3242?
 
-Patch to add 'p' flag to 'formatoptions'. (Tom Ryder, 2018 Dec 28)
-Wait a few days for feedback.
-
 When a terminal exit_cb closes the window, a following typed key is lost, if
 it's in a mapping. (2018 Oct 6, #2302, #3522)
 
@@ -169,59 +161,149 @@ Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
 
 Problem with :tlmenu: Detach item added with all modes?  Issue #3563.
 
+Bug: script written with "-W scriptout" contains Key codes, while the script
+read with "-s scriptin" expects escape codes.  Probably "scriptout" needs to
+be adjusted. (Daniel Steinberg, 2019 Feb 24, #4041)
+
+Patch to move insert-expand code to insexpand.c. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #4044)
+
+Patch for larger icons in installer. (#978)  Still not good.
+
+Patch on issue #3964 to let sign column stop at the last buffer line.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2019 Feb 24)
+
+Patch to use wide font functions. (Ken Takata, 2019 Feb 18, #4000)
+
+Patch on #4073, Andy Massimino.  Is this a real problem?
+
+Bug: "vipgw" does not put cursor back where it belongs. (Jason Franklin, 2019
+Mar 5)
+
+Patch to add blob2str() and str2blob(). (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #4049)
+Make docs clearer. Is it symmetric?
+
+When using a timer callback vgetc_busy is reset, allowing for using input().
+But in a channel callback this does not happen.  We need to do something
+similar to check_due_timer().  Also see #3809.
+
+Using "5gj" starting inside a closed fold does not work on screen lines but on
+text lines. (Julius Hulsmann, #4095)
+
+Add "-once" to ":autocmd". Also add "-nested" as an alias for "nested".
+(Justin M. Keyes, #4100)  Syntax of -once may be strange.  ++once and ++nested
+is better?
+
 C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error.
 (Michalis Giannakidis, 2006 Jun 1)
 
-Patch on #3690 to fix that "wincmd p" does not always behave properly.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2018 Dec 17)
+Support setting the character displayed below the last line?  Neovim uses
+"eob:X" in 'fillchars'.
 
-Patch: When using %v in 'errorformat', assume the number is the screen column
-not bytes, also handle multi-byte charactes. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #3700)
+Check: __attribute__((format(printf, on semsg() and siemsg().  Where was this
+added?
 
-Patch to add FOR_ALL_FRAMES. (Yegappan, 2018 Dec 11, #3686)
+Patch to remove some unneeded {}. (Hirohito Higashi, #3982)
 
-Patch for MinGW build with static libraries. (Ken Takata, 2018 Dec 16)
+Make balloon_show() work outside of 'balloonexpr'?  Users expect it to work:
+#2948. (related to #1512?)
+On Win32 it stops showing, because showState is already ShS_SHOWING.
+balloon_show() does not work properly in the terminal. (Ben Jackson, 2017 Dec
+20, #2481)
+Also see #2352, want better control over balloon, perhaps set the position.
+Should also be possible to add highlighting, like in the status line?
+balloonexpr() on MS-Windows GUI doesn't handle accented chars? (nivaemail,
+2018 Sep 14)
+Another request: #3811.
+
+Patch for autoconf to add -fPIC for Fedora. (#4047)
+
+Height of quickfix window is not retained with vertical splits. (Lifepillar,
+2018 Aug 24, #2998)
+Patch on the issue by Hongbo Liu, 2019 Feb 19 #4013
 
 More warnings from static analysis:
 https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/alerts/?mode=list
 
-Patch for this: (Aron Widforss, 2018 Oct 13, #3539)
-    missing a test.
-7   Make 'scrolloff' a global-local option, so that it can be different in the
-    quickfix window, for example. (Gary Holloway)
-    Also do 'sidescrolloff'.
+Still a E315 error when using terminal. (Masato Nishihata, #3959)
 
-Patch for ConPTY support, #3474: What is the status?
-
-Issue #3649: Retrying the X server connection once may be insufficient.
-Since patch 8.1.0615 we try reconnecting five times.  Does it work?
+When using 'k' in 'guioptions' gvim may open with a tiny window. (#3808)
+Suggested patch on the issue.
 
 nvo-mode mapping works on Windows, not on Linux. (#3678)
 
+Patch to fix modify_fname() does not work well with some 'encoding's.
+(Ken Takata, #4007)
+
+Patch to make vim_getenv() work with wide API. (Ken Takata, #4008)
+
+How to make (async) complete function depending on completion type?
+Patch on #4083 to do this with an autocommand.  Probably want something else,
+like 'ominfunc'.
+
+Patch to add equal field to complete items. (#3887)
+
+When using exclusive selection and vi" that fails, cursor moves to the left.
+Cursor should not move. (#4024)
+
+Patch to fix handling long line in tags file.  #4051, #4084 (Andy Massimino)
+
+Patch to fix that executable() may fail on very long filename in MS-Windows.
+(Ken Takata, 2016 Feb 1, update 2018 Oct 7, update 2019 Feb 19)
+Now in pull request #4015.
+
 Patch to be able to separately map CTRL-H and BS on Windows.
 (Linwei, 2017 Jul 11, #1833)
 
+Patch to fix encoding of messages on MS-Windows. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2019 Feb
+13, #3914)
+
+Patch to fix encoding conversion in messages. (#3969)
+Check that this is fixed: (ichizok)
+vim --clean -X -V1 -es -c 'echo "hello"' -c quit
+
+Incsearch test fails when locale is "C". (Dominique Pelle, #3986)
+Also run all tests with C locale?
+
+Patch to improve readability of complicated if(). (ichizok, 2019 Jan 29,
+#3879)
+
+"vat" doesn't work well on XML when the closing > is on another line.
+#3927
+
+Patch to include ARM64 support. (Leendert van Doorn, 2019 Feb 9)
+
+Patch to fix hang when opening file where an intermediate directory is not
+readable on MS-Windows. (link on #3923)
+
 Pasting foo} causes Vim to behave weird. (John Little, 2018 Jun 17)
 Related to bracketed paste.  I cannot reproduce it.
 
+Patch to add tagfunc().  Cleaned up by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 22.
+New update 2017 Apr 10, #1628
+https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-mq-patches/blob/master/tagfunc
+Updated by Andy Massimino, 2018 Feb 7:
+https://github.com/andymass/vim/commit/4e3aa0a5dab96d2799567622f3f537e357aa479e 
+Or should we make it asynchronous?
+Patch by Andy Massimino: #4010 - needs a bit more work
+
+When 'confirm' is set a "silent q" doesn't show the prompt.  It should in this
+case. (Nate Peterson, 2019 Jan 31, #3892)
+For "silent! q" it should not prompt and just fail.
+
+Patch to add readdir(). (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #2439)
+
 Using CTRL-L to add a character to the search string doesn't work for the last
 character in the file. (Smylers, 2018 Nov 17, #3620)
 Suggested patch by Hirohito Higashi, 2018 Nov 18.
 
 Using CTRL-L to add a character to the search string that contains \v,
-punctiuation is repeated. (Smylers, 2018 Nov 17, #3621)
+punctuation is repeated. (Smylers, 2018 Nov 17, #3621)
 
 Using CTRL-L during search only picks up the base character, not a combining
 character. (Rick, 2018 Dec 11, #3682)
 
-":mksession" cannot handle a very long 'runtimepath'. (Timothy Madden, 21 Sep
-2018, #3466)  Patch from Christian, 2018 Oct 30 (with comments).
-
 ml_get error: (Israel Chauca Fuentes, 2018 Oct 17, #3550).
 
-Patch to convert temp file name. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #3520)
-Not ready to include yet.
-
 Problem with two buffers with the same name a/b, if it didn't exist before and
 is created outside of Vim. (dskloetg, 2018 Jul 16, #3219)
 
@@ -229,24 +311,33 @@ When 'sidescrolloff' is set, using "zl" to go to the end of the line, suddenly
 scrolls back.  Should allow for this scrolling, like 'scrolloff' does when
 using CTRL-E. (Yee Cheng Chin, #3721)
 
-We have a SourcePre autocommand event, but not SourcePost.  Useful for doing
-some thing after a plugin was loaded. (#3739)
-
 Invalid memory access with old regexp engine. (Dominique Pelle, 2018 Sep 3,
 #3405)  Introduced by 8.0.1517, which was fixing another memory access error.
 (Sep 8)
 
+Patch to add complete_info  Shougo - #3866.  Ready to include.
+
+Patch to make winnr() return the window above/below/beside a window.
+(Yegappan Lakshmanan, #3993)
+
+Patch for ConPTY support, new one: #3794 Does this work now?  It should.
+(Nobuhiro Takasaki)
+
 Add function to make use of internal diff, working on two lists and returning
 unified diff (list of lines).
 
+When splitting a window with few text lines, the relative cursor position is
+kept, which means part of the text isn't displayed.  Better show all the text
+when possible. (Dylan Lloyd, #3973)
+
+Tag stack is incorrect after CTRL-T and then :tag. (Andy Massimino, 2019 Feb
+12, #3944)  With Patch for a solution (Feb 23).  Needs a test.
+
 Patch to implement 'diffref' option. (#3535)
   Easier to use a 'diffmaster' option, is the extra complexity needed?
 
 Patch to fix that bracketed paste remains after Vim exits. (2018 Oct 30, #3579)
 
-Patch to add support for changing the current quickfix/location list indes.
-(Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2018 Dec 18, #3701)
-
 Make ":interactive !cmd" stop termcap mode, also when used in an autocommand.
 (#3692)
 
@@ -254,6 +345,19 @@ cursorline highlighting not removed after yanking in Visual mode.
 (Matéo Zanibelli, 2018 Oct 30, #3578)
 Patch by Christian, Oct 30.
 
+Patch to clean up CI configs. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2019 Feb 1, #3890)
+
+Patch to filter marks. (Marcin Szamotulski, 2019 Feb 7, #3895)
+
+Patch to add environ(), gets a dict with all environment vars, and getenv(),
+useful for environment vars that are not made of keyword chars.
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #2875)
+
+Add buffer argument to undotree(). (#4001)
+
+Patch to add optional arguments with default values.
+(Andy Massimino, #3952)  under development
+
 Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork())
 Using uninitialized value in test_crypt.
 Memory leak in test_terminal:
@@ -266,6 +370,7 @@ Memory leak in test_terminal:
 ==23530==    by 0x35C923: term_start (terminal.c:421)
 ==23530==    by 0x2AFF30: mch_call_shell_terminal (os_unix.c:4377)
 ==23530==    by 0x2B16BE: mch_call_shell (os_unix.c:5383)
+Memory leak in test_alot with pyeval() (allocating partial)
 
 gethostbyname() is old, use getaddrinfo() if available. (#3227)
 
@@ -275,6 +380,17 @@ Patch to add match count and current index "3/44" when using "n" command.
 matchaddpos() gets slow with many matches.  Proposal by Rick Howe, 2018 Jul
 19.
 
+Patch to specify color for cterm=underline and cterm=undercurl, like "guisp".
+Does #2405 do this?
+
+Patch to add an interrupt() function: sets got_int.  Useful in an autocommand
+such as BufWritePre that checks the file name or contents.
+
+Should make 'listchars' global-local.  Local to window or to buffer?
+Probably window.
+Add something like 'fillchars' local to window, but allow for specifying a
+highlight name.  Esp. for the statusline.
+
 Sourceforge Vim pages still have content, redirect from empty page.
 Check for PHP errors. (Wayne Davison, 2018 Oct 26)
 
@@ -296,6 +412,9 @@ Adjust windows installer explanation of behavior. (scootergrisen, #3310)
 Set g:actual_curbuf when evaluating 'statusline', not just with an expression.
 (Daniel Hahler, 2018 Aug 8, #3299)
 
+Update for xim-input-style help (Tony Mechelynck, 2019 Jan 10).
+Feedback from someone who uses this?
+
 ml_get error. (Dominique Pelle, 2018 Sep 14, #3434)
 
 Patch to use forward slash for completion even when 'shellslash' is set.
@@ -314,6 +433,9 @@ Further xdiff changes:
 
 Difference between two regexp engines: #3373
 
+Patch to properly break CJK lines: #3875
+Requires more tests.  dbcs_ functions are not implemented.
+
 Patch to add ch_listen() (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 26, #3639)
 What is the practical use for this?
 
@@ -330,6 +452,11 @@ Better name?
 MS-Windows: .lnk file not resolved properly when 'encoding' is set.
 (lkintact, 2018 Sep 22, #3473)
 
+Merge checking for 'cursorline' and 'concealcursor', see neovim #9492.
+
+Win32 key codes are messy.  Mike Williams tried to fix that, but now old
+mappings no longer work.  Create a new terminal for the better solution?
+
 Script generated by :mksession does not work well if there are windows with
 modified buffers
   change "silent only" into "silent only!"
@@ -356,39 +483,18 @@ Lemonboy can reproduce (2017 Jun 5)
 Also reproduced by Benjamin Doherty, 2018 Oct 4.
 Simpler way: Ken Takata, Oct 6.
 
-Height of quickfix window is not retained with vertical splits. (Lifepillar,
-2018 Aug 24, #2998)
-
-Window size is wrong when using quickfix window. (Lifepillar, 2018 Aug 24,
-#2999)
+Add more testing of the GTK GUI.
+- gtk_test_widget_click() can be used to simulate a click in a widget.
 
 Tests failing for "make testgui" with GTK:
 - Test_setbufvar_options()
 - Test_exit_callback_interval()
 
-When using CTRL-W CR in the quickfix window, the jumplist in the opened window
-is cleared, to avoid going back to the list of errors buffer (would have two
-windows with it).  Can we just remove the jump list entries for the quickfix
-buffer?
-
-Patch to fix that executable() may fail on very long filename in MS-Windows.
-(Ken Takata, 2016 Feb 1, update 2018 Oct 7)
-
 Patch to be able to use hex numbers with :digraph. (Lcd, 2015 Sep 6)
 Update Sep 7.  Update by Christian Brabandt, 2015 Sep 8, 2016 Feb 1.
 Patch to be able to disable default digraphs (incomplete) (Eric Pruitt, 2018
 Nov 22).
 
-Make balloon_show() work outside of 'balloonexpr'?  Users expect it to work:
-#2948. (related to #1512?)
-On Win32 it stops showing, because showState is already ShS_SHOWING.
-balloon_show() does not work properly in the terminal. (Ben Jackson, 2017 Dec
-20, #2481)
-Also see #2352, want better control over balloon, perhaps set the position.
-Should also be possible to add highlighting, like in the status line?
-balloonexpr() on MS-Windows GUI doesn't handle accented chars? (nivaemail,
-2018 Sep 14)
-
 Try out background make plugin: 
   https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background
 or asyncmake: 
@@ -413,8 +519,6 @@ behave strangely, as if there is a gap and a vertical window separator.
 Make {skip} argument of searchpair() consistent with other places where we
 pass an expression to evaluate.  Allow passing zero for "never skip".
 
-The 'scrolloff' option is global, make it global-local. #3195
-
 Add an option similar to 'lazyredraw' to skip redrawing while executing a
 script or function.
 
@@ -441,22 +545,6 @@ missing: --nofork, -A , -b, -h, etc.
 ":au * * command" should not be allowed, only use * for event when listing or
 deleting autocmds, not when adding them.
 
-Quickfix window height is not kept with a vertical split. (Lifepillar, 2018
-Jun 10, #2998)
-
-Improve the installer for MS-Windows.  There are a few alternatives:
-- mui2 installer improved by Ken Takata (2018 Sep 29)
-- Installer from Cream (Steve Hall).
-- Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen)
-    https://github.com/gpwen/vim-installer-mui2
--  make it possible to do a silent install, see
-    http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12
-    Version from Guopeng Wen does this.
-- MSI installer: https://github.com/petrkle/vim-msi/
-- The one on Issue 279.
-Problem: they all work slightly different (e.g. don't install vimrun.exe).
-How to test that it works well for all Vim users?
-
 Alternative manpager.vim. (Enno, 2018 Jan 5, #2529)
 
 Delete all the specific stuff for the Borland compiler? (#3374)
@@ -538,7 +626,7 @@ option_save({list})					*option_save()*
   Alternatively: save and restore ALL options.  Implementation needs to use
 	copy-on-write.  Return an ID from option_save(), when
 	option_restore(ID) is called give an error if another option_save()
-	was called in the mean time, they must be balanced.
+	was called in the meantime, they must be balanced.
 
 "gvim --remote" from a directory with non-word characters changes the current
 directory (Paulo Marcel Coelho Arabic, 2017 Oct 30, #2266)
@@ -562,8 +650,6 @@ Add script number to profile?  (#3330 breaks tests).
 A function defined locally and lambda's are not easily recognized.
 Mention where they were defined somewhere.
 
-CTRL-X on zero gets stuck on 0xfffffffffffffffe. (Hengyang Zhao, #2746)
-
 Invalid range error when using BufWinLeave for closing terminal.
 (Gabriel Barta, 2017 Nov 15, #2339)
 
@@ -590,9 +676,6 @@ In an optional package the "after" directory is not scanned?
 Patch for Neovim concerning restoring when closing help window. (glacambre
 neovim #7431)
 
-Default install on MS-Windows should source defaults.vim.
-Ask whether to use Windows or Vim key behavior?
-
 Patch for improving detecting Ruby on Mac in configure. (Ilya Mikhaltsou, 2017
 Nov 21)
 
@@ -813,9 +896,6 @@ When session file has name in argument list but the buffer was deleted, the
 buffer is not deleted when using the session file. (#1393)
 Should add the buffer in hidden state.
 
-When an item in the quickfix list has a file name that does not exist, behave
-like the item was not a match for :cnext.
-
 Wrong diff highlighting with three files. (2016 Oct 20, #1186)
 Also get E749 on exit.
 Another example in #1309
@@ -864,10 +944,6 @@ Implement optional arguments for functions.
     call Foo(12, all = 0)
     call Foo(12, 15, 0)
 
-Change the Farsi code to work with UTF-8.  Possibly combined with the Arabic
-support, or similar.
-Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2)
-
 Add a command to take a range of lines, filter them and put the output
 somewhere else.  :{range}copy {dest} !cmd
 
@@ -925,10 +1001,6 @@ Apr 23, #1653)
 Window resizing with 'winfixheight': With a vertical split the height changes
 anyway. (Tommy allen, 2017 Feb 21, #1502)
 
-When adding an item to a new quickfix list make ":cnext" jump to that item.
-Make a difference being at the first item and not having used :cnext at all.
-(Afanasiy Fet, 2017 Jan 3)
-
 Invalid behavior with NULL list. (Nikolai Pavlov, #768)
 E.g. deepcopy(test_null_list())
 
@@ -968,6 +1040,8 @@ sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 - When out_cb executes :sleep, the close_cb may be invoked. (Daniel Hahler,
   2016 Dec 11, #1320)
 - Implement |job-term| ?
+- Calling a function when receiving a "call" on a channel, using feedkeys()
+  does not work.  It does work from a timer. (Qiming Zhao, #3852)
 - Channel test fails with Motif.  Sometimes kills the X11 server.
 - When a message in the queue but there is no callback, drop it after a while?
   Add timestamp to queued messages and callbacks with ID, remove after a
@@ -984,6 +1058,10 @@ sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
     Although user could use "xterm -e 'cmd arg'".
 
 Regexp problems:
+- NFA engine can be slow for some patterns.  Dominique found out that most
+  time is spent in addstate_here() copying the threads.  Instead of copying,
+  let each thread point to the next one (by offset, the list is reallocated).
+  (Dominique Pelle, 2019 Feb 18)
 - When search pattern has the base character both with and without combining
   character, search fails.  E.g. "รรีบ" in "การรีบรักใคร". (agguser, #2312)
 - [:space:] only matches ASCII spaces.  Add [:white:] for all space-like
@@ -1045,9 +1123,6 @@ Add an argument to choose binary or non-binary (like readfile()), when omitted
 use the current behavior.
 Include the test.
 
-Patch to add tagfunc().  Cleaned up by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 22.
-New update 2017 Apr 10, #1628
-
 When 'keywordprg' starts with ":" the argument is still escaped as a shell
 command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175)
 
@@ -1116,9 +1191,6 @@ Have a way to get the call stack, in a function and from an exception.
 Second problem in #966: ins_compl_add_tv() uses get_dict_string() multiple
 times, overwrites the one buffer. (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Aug 5)
 
-This does not work: :set cscopequickfix=a-
-(Linewi, 2015 Jul 12, #914)
-
 Possibly wrong value for seq_cur. (Florent Fayolle, 2016 May 15, #806)
 
 Filetype plugin for awk. (Doug Kearns, 2016 Sep 5)
@@ -1570,9 +1642,6 @@ Updated spec ftplugin. (Matěj Cepl, 2013 Oct 16)
 
 Patch to handle integer overflow. (Aaron Burrow, 2013 Dec 12)
 
-Patch to add "ntab" item in 'listchars' to repeat first character. (Nathaniel
-Braun, pragm, 2013 Oct 13)  A better solution 2014 Mar 5.
-
 7   Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow
     pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to
     "lucida_console:h8").
@@ -1659,8 +1728,6 @@ Or use expand('<sid>')?
 
 Patch to make confirm() display colors. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 9)
 
-Patch to remove flicker from popup menu. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 15)
-
 Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17)
 
 b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan
@@ -1679,9 +1746,6 @@ Patch for :tabcloseleft, after closing a tab go to left tab. (William Bowers,
 Patch to improve equivalence classes in regexp patterns.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 16, update Jan 17)
 
-Patch to add new regexp classes :ident:, :keyword:, :fname:.
-(ichizok, 2016 Jan 12, #1373)
-
 Patch with suggestions for starting.txt. (Tony Mechelynck, 2012 Oct 24)
 But use Gnome instead of GTK?
 
@@ -1838,6 +1902,7 @@ cleared.  See test64.
 Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
 effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5, Update 2013 Aug 12)
 Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
+https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-mq-patches/blob/master/enable_spellchecking
 
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
@@ -2126,12 +2191,6 @@ to avoid changing 'eventignore'?
 Patch for displaying 0x200c and 0x200d. (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 6)
 Probably needs a bit of work.
 
-Patch to add farsi handling to arabic.c (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 2)
-Added test, updates, June 23.
-Updated for 7.4: http://litcave.rudi.ir/farsi_vim.diff
-With modification for Tatweel character: https://dpaste.de/VmFw
-Remark from Ameretat Reith (2014 Oct 13)
-
 List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiwara, 2009 Jul 18)
 Are they all OK?  Update Jul 22.
 
@@ -2532,8 +2591,6 @@ Autoconf problem: when checking for iconv library we may add -L/usr/local/lib,
 but when compiling further tests -liconv is added without the -L argument,
 that may fail (e.g., sizeof(int)). (Blaine, 2007 Aug 21)
 
-When opening quickfix window, disable spell checking?
-
 Problem with ".add" files when using two languages and restarting Vim. (Raul
 Coronado, 2008 Oct 30)
 
@@ -2596,7 +2653,7 @@ Windows installer: licence text should not use indent, causes bad word wrap.
 Dos uninstal may delete vim.bat from the wrong directory (e.g., when someone
 makes his own wrapper).  Add a magic string with the version number to the
 .bat file and check for it in the uninstaller.  E.g.
-          # uninstall key: vim7.3*
+          # uninstall key: vim8.1*
 
 Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov,
 2007 Feb 8)
@@ -2877,9 +2934,6 @@ Small problem displaying diff filler line when opening windows with a script.
 Is it allowed that 'backupext' is empty?  Problems when backup is in same dir
 as original file?  If it's OK don't compare with 'patchmode'. (Thierry Closen)
 
-Patch for supporting count before CR in quickfix window. (AOYAMA Shotaro, 2007
-Jan 1)
-
 Patch for adding ":lscscope". (Navdeep Parhar, 2007 Apr 26; update 2008 Apr
 23)
 
@@ -3032,8 +3086,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 			+ 1", but that's ugly.
 7   Add patch from Benoit Cerrina to integrate Vim and Perl functions
     better.  Now also works for Ruby (2001 Nov 10)
--   Patch from Herculano de Lima Einloft Neto for better formatting of the
-    quickfix window (2004 dec 2)
 7   When 'rightleft' is set, the search pattern should be displayed right
     to left as well?  See patch of Dec 26. (Nadim Shaikli)
 8   Option to lock all used memory so that it doesn't get swapped to disk
@@ -3051,6 +3103,35 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
     and GTK by degreneir (nov 10 and nov 18).
 -   Patch for "paranoid mode" by Kevin Collins, March 7.  Needs much more work.
 
+Quickfix/Location List:
+-   Window size is wrong when using quickfix window. (Lifepillar, 2018 Aug 24,
+    #2999)
+-   When using CTRL-W CR in the quickfix window, the jumplist in the opened
+    window is cleared, to avoid going back to the list of errors buffer (would
+    have two windows with it).  Can we just remove the jump list entries for
+    the quickfix buffer?
+-   Quickfix window height is not kept with a vertical split. (Lifepillar,
+    2018 Jun 10, #2998)
+-   When an item in the quickfix list has a file name that does not exist,
+    behave like the item was not a match for :cnext.
+-   When adding an item to a new quickfix list make ":cnext" jump to that
+    item.  Make a difference being at the first item and not having used
+    :cnext at all.  (Afanasiy Fet, 2017 Jan 3)
+-   This does not work: :set cscopequickfix=a-
+    (Linewi, 2015 Jul 12, #914)
+-   When opening quickfix window, disable spell checking?
+-   Patch for supporting count before CR in quickfix window. (AOYAMA Shotaro,
+    2007 Jan 1)
+-   Patch from Herculano de Lima Einloft Neto for better formatting of the
+    quickfix window (2004 dec 2)
+-   Amiga: When using quickfix with the Manx compiler we only get the first 25
+    errors.  How do we get the rest?
+8   The quickfix file is read without conversion, thus in 'encoding'.  Add an
+    option to specify the encoding of the errorfile and convert it.  Also for
+    ":grep" and ":helpgrep".
+    More generic solution: support a filter (e.g., by calling a function).
+7   Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the
+    first quickfix location.  ":cbefore"?
 
 Vi incompatibility:
 -   Try new POSIX tests, made after my comments. (Geoff Clare, 2005 April 7)
@@ -3138,8 +3219,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
 8   The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications.
     The last argument of CreateWindowEx() should be used, see MSDN docs.
     Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html
-8   In eval.c, io.h is included when MSWIN32 is defined.  Shouldn't this be
-    WIN32?  Or can including io.h be moved to vim.h? (Dan Sharp)
 6   Win32 GUI: With "-u NONE -U NONE" and doing "CTRL-W v" "CTRL-W o", the ":"
     of ":only" is highlighted like the cursor.  (Lipelis)
 8   When 'encoding' is "utf-8", should use 'guifont' for both normal and wide
@@ -3695,8 +3774,6 @@ Problems that will (probably) not be solved:
 -   In zsh, "gvim&" changes the terminal settings.  This is a zsh problem.
     (Jennings)
 -   Problem with HPterm under X: old contents of window is lost (Cosentino).
--   Amiga: When using quickfix with the Manx compiler we only get the first 25
-    errors.  How do we get the rest?
 -   Amiga: The ":cq" command does not always abort the Manx compiler.  Why?
 -   Linux: A file with protection r--rw-rw- is seen readonly for others.  The
     access() function in GNU libc is probably wrong.
@@ -4029,10 +4106,6 @@ Multi-byte characters:
 8   Add an item in 'fileencodings' to check the first line of an XML file for
     the encoding.  <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>  Or "charset=UTF-8"?
     For HTML look for "charset=utf-8".
-8   The quickfix file is read without conversion, thus in 'encoding'.  Add an
-    option to specify the encoding of the errorfile and convert it.  Also for
-    ":grep" and ":helpgrep".
-    More generic solution: support a filter (e.g., by calling a function).
 8   When a file was converted from 'fileencoding' to 'encoding', a tag search
     should also do this on the search pattern. (Andrzej M. Ostruszka)
 8   When filtering changes the encoding 'fileencoding' may not work.  E.g.,
@@ -5840,8 +5913,6 @@ Various improvements:
     from the 'makeprg'?
 -   Add %b to 'errorformat': buffer number. (Yegappan Lakshmanan / Suresh
     Govindachar)
-7   Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the
-    first quickfix location.  ":cbefore"?
 7   Allow a window not to have a statusline.  Makes it possible to use a
     window as a buffer-tab selection.
 8   Allow non-active windows to have a different statusline. (Yakov Lerner)

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2014 May 24
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -259,6 +259,12 @@ changed with the 'undodir' option.
 When the file is encrypted, the text in the undo file is also crypted.  The
 same key and method is used. |encryption|
 
+Note that text properties are not stored in the undo file.  You can restore
+text properties so long as a buffer is loaded, but you cannot restore them
+from an undo file.  Rationale: It would require the associated text property
+types to be defined in exactly the same was as before, which cannot be
+guaranteed.
+
 You can also save and restore undo histories by using ":wundo" and ":rundo"
 respectively:
 							*:wundo* *:rundo*

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Feb 20
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 27
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -11,12 +11,13 @@ Vim's capabilities.  Or define your own macros.
 
 |05.1|	The vimrc file
 |05.2|	The example vimrc file explained
-|05.3|	Simple mappings
-|05.4|	Adding a package
-|05.5|	Adding a plugin
-|05.6|	Adding a help file
-|05.7|	The option window
-|05.8|	Often used options
+|05.3|	The defaults.vim file explained
+|05.4|	Simple mappings
+|05.5|	Adding a package
+|05.6|	Adding a plugin
+|05.7|	Adding a help file
+|05.8|	The option window
+|05.9|	Often used options
 
      Next chapter: |usr_06.txt|  Using syntax highlighting
  Previous chapter: |usr_04.txt|  Making small changes
@@ -81,6 +82,95 @@ In this section we will explain the various commands used in this file.  This
 will give you hints about how to set up your own preferences.  Not everything
 will be explained though.  Use the ":help" command to find out more.
 
+>
+	" Get the defaults that most users want.
+	source $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim
+
+This loads the "defaults.vim" file in the $VIMRUNTIME directory.  This sets up
+Vim for how most users like it.  If you are one of the few that don't, then
+comment out this line.  The commands are explained below:
+|defaults.vim-explained|
+
+>
+	if has("vms")
+	  set nobackup
+	else
+	  set backup
+	  if has('persistent_undo')
+	    set undofile
+	  endif
+	endif
+
+This tells Vim to keep a backup copy of a file when overwriting it.  But not
+on the VMS system, since it keeps old versions of files already.  The backup
+file will have the same name as the original file with "~" added.  See |07.4|
+
+This also sets the 'undofile' option, if available.  This will store the
+multi-level undo information in a file.  The result is that when you change a
+file, exit Vim, and then edit the file again, you can undo the changes made
+previously.  It's a very powerful and useful feature, at the cost of storing a
+file.  For more information see |undo-persistence|.
+
+The "if" command is very useful to set options
+only when some condition is met.  More about that in |usr_41.txt|.
+
+>
+	if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
+	  set hlsearch
+	endif
+
+This switches on the 'hlsearch' option, telling Vim to highlight matches with
+the last used search pattern.
+
+>
+	augroup vimrcEx
+	  au!
+	  autocmd FileType text setlocal textwidth=78
+	augroup END
+
+This makes Vim break text to avoid lines getting longer than 78 characters.
+But only for files that have been detected to be plain text.  There are
+actually two parts here.  "autocmd FileType text" is an autocommand.  This
+defines that when the file type is set to "text" the following command is
+automatically executed.  "setlocal textwidth=78" sets the 'textwidth' option
+to 78, but only locally in one file.
+
+The wrapper with "augroup vimrcEx" and "augroup END" makes it possible to
+delete the autocommand with the "au!" command.  See |:augroup|.
+
+>
+	if has('syntax') && has('eval')
+	  packadd! matchit
+	endif
+
+This loads the "matchit" plugin if the required features are available.
+It makes the |%| command more powerful.  This is explained at
+|matchit-install|.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+*05.3*	The defaults.vim file explained		*defaults.vim-explained*
+
+The |defaults.vim| file is loaded when the user has no vimrc file.  When you
+create a new vimrc file, add this line near the top to keep using it: >
+
+	source $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim
+
+Or use the vimrc_example.vim file, as explained above.
+
+The following explains what defaults.vim is doing.
+
+>
+	if exists('skip_defaults_vim')
+	  finish
+	endif
+
+Loading defaults.vim can be disabled with this command: >
+	let skip_defaults_vim = 1
+This has to be done in the system vimrc file.  See |system-vimrc|.  If you
+have a user vimrc this is not needed, since defaults.vim will not be loaded
+automatically.
+
 >
 	set nocompatible
 
@@ -94,38 +184,19 @@ option off, thus 'nocompatible' takes care of this.
 This specifies where in Insert mode the <BS> is allowed to delete the
 character in front of the cursor.  The three items, separated by commas, tell
 Vim to delete the white space at the start of the line, a line break and the
-character before where Insert mode started.
+character before where Insert mode started.  See 'backspace'.
+
 >
+	set history=200
 
-	set autoindent
+Keep 200 commands and 200 search patterns in the history.  Use another number
+if you want to remember fewer or more lines.  See 'history'.
 
-This makes Vim use the indent of the previous line for a newly created line.
-Thus there is the same amount of white space before the new line.  For example
-when pressing <Enter> in Insert mode, and when using the "o" command to open a
-new line.
 >
-
-	if has("vms")
-	  set nobackup
-	else
-	  set backup
-	endif
-
-This tells Vim to keep a backup copy of a file when overwriting it.  But not
-on the VMS system, since it keeps old versions of files already.  The backup
-file will have the same name as the original file with "~" added.  See |07.4|
->
-
-	set history=50
-
-Keep 50 commands and 50 search patterns in the history.  Use another number if
-you want to remember fewer or more lines.
->
-
 	set ruler
 
 Always display the current cursor position in the lower right corner of the
-Vim window.
+Vim window.  See 'ruler'.
 
 >
 	set showcmd
@@ -144,10 +215,37 @@ the "2fw" command is executed and the displayed "2f" is removed.
 	 ^^^^^^^^^^^		      ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^
 	  'showmode'		     'showcmd'	'ruler'
 
+
+>
+	set wildmenu
+
+Display completion matches in a status line.  That is when you type <Tab> and
+there is more than one match.  See 'wildmenu'.
+
+>
+	set ttimeout
+	set ttimeoutlen=100
+
+This makes typing Esc take effect more quickly.  Normally Vim waits a second
+to see if the Esc is the start of an escape sequence.  If you have a very slow
+remote connection, increase the number.  See 'ttimeout'.
+
+>
+	set display=truncate
+
+Show @@@ in the last line if it is truncated, instead of hiding the whole
+like.  See 'display'.
+
 >
 	set incsearch
 
-Display the match for a search pattern when halfway typing it.
+Display the match for a search pattern when halfway typing it.  See
+'incsearch'.
+
+>
+	set nrformats-=octal
+
+Do not recognize numbers starting with a zero as octal.  See 'nrformats'.
 
 >
 	map Q gq
@@ -157,24 +255,31 @@ defines the "Q" command to do formatting with the "gq" operator.  This is how
 it worked before Vim 5.0.  Otherwise the "Q" command starts Ex mode, but you
 will not need it.
 
+>
+	inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U>
+
+CTRL-U in insert mode deletes all entered text in the current line.  Use
+CTRL-G u to first break undo, so that you can undo CTRL-U after inserting a
+line break.  Revert with ":iunmap <C-U>".
+
+>
+	if has('mouse')
+	  set mouse=a
+	endif
+
+Enable using the mouse if available.  See 'mouse'.
+
 >
 	vnoremap _g y:exe "grep /" . escape(@", '\\/') . "/ *.c *.h"<CR>
 
 This mapping yanks the visually selected text and searches for it in C files.
-This is a complicated mapping.  You can see that mappings can be used to do
-quite complicated things.  Still, it is just a sequence of commands that are
-executed like you typed them.
+You can see that a mapping can be used to do quite complicated things.  Still,
+it is just a sequence of commands that are executed like you typed them.
 
 >
-	if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
-	  syntax on
-	  set hlsearch
-	endif
+	syntax on
 
-This switches on syntax highlighting, but only if colors are available.  And
-the 'hlsearch' option tells Vim to highlight matches with the last used search
-pattern.  The "if" command is very useful to set options only when some
-condition is met.  More about that in |usr_41.txt|.
+Enable highlighting files in color.  See |syntax|.
 
 							*vimrc-filetype*  >
 	filetype plugin indent on
@@ -201,21 +306,12 @@ This switches on three very clever mechanisms:
    automatically.  Vim comes with these indent rules for a number of
    filetypes.  See |:filetype-indent-on| and 'indentexpr'.
 
->
-	autocmd FileType text setlocal textwidth=78
 
-This makes Vim break text to avoid lines getting longer than 78 characters.
-But only for files that have been detected to be plain text.  There are
-actually two parts here.  "autocmd FileType text" is an autocommand.  This
-defines that when the file type is set to "text" the following command is
-automatically executed.  "setlocal textwidth=78" sets the 'textwidth' option
-to 78, but only locally in one file.
-
-							*restore-cursor*  >
-	autocmd BufReadPost *
-	    \ if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") |
-	    \   exe "normal! g`\"" |
-	    \ endif
+				*restore-cursor* *last-position-jump*  >
+    autocmd BufReadPost *
+      \ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") && &ft !~# 'commit'
+      \ |   exe "normal! g`\""
+      \ | endif
 
 Another autocommand.  This time it is used after reading any file.  The
 complicated stuff after it checks if the '" mark is defined, and jumps to it
@@ -224,8 +320,22 @@ from the previous line.  That avoids a line getting very long.
 See |line-continuation|.  This only works in a Vim script file, not when
 typing commands at the command-line.
 
+>
+	command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_ | diffthis
+		  \ | wincmd p | diffthis
+
+This adds the ":DiffOrig" command.  Use this in a modified buffer to see the
+differences with the file it was loaded from.  See |diff| and |:DiffOrig|.
+
+>
+	set nolangremap
+
+Prevent that the langmap option applies to characters that result from a
+mapping.  If set (default), this may break plugins (but it's backward
+compatible).  See 'langremap'.
+
 ==============================================================================
-*05.3*	Simple mappings
+*05.4*	Simple mappings
 
 A mapping enables you to bind a set of Vim commands to a single key.  Suppose,
 for example, that you need to surround certain words with curly braces.  In
@@ -272,7 +382,7 @@ The ":map" command (with no arguments) lists your current mappings.  At
 least the ones for Normal mode.  More about mappings in section |40.1|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-*05.4*	Adding a package			*add-package* *matchit-install*
+*05.5*	Adding a package			*add-package* *matchit-install*
 
 A package is a set of files that you can add to Vim.  There are two kinds of
 packages: optional and automatically loaded on startup.
@@ -310,7 +420,7 @@ an archive or as a repository.  For an archive you can follow these steps:
 More information about packages can be found here: |packages|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-*05.5*	Adding a plugin					*add-plugin* *plugin*
+*05.6*	Adding a plugin					*add-plugin* *plugin*
 
 Vim's functionality can be extended by adding plugins.  A plugin is nothing
 more than a Vim script file that is loaded automatically when Vim starts.  You
@@ -462,7 +572,7 @@ Further reading:
 |new-filetype|		How to detect a new file type.
 
 ==============================================================================
-*05.6*	Adding a help file				*add-local-help*
+*05.7*	Adding a help file				*add-local-help*
 
 If you are lucky, the plugin you installed also comes with a help file.  We
 will explain how to install the help file, so that you can easily find help
@@ -507,7 +617,7 @@ them through the tag.
 For writing a local help file, see |write-local-help|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-*05.7*	The option window
+*05.8*	The option window
 
 If you are looking for an option that does what you want, you can search in
 the help files here: |options|.  Another way is by using this command: >
@@ -546,7 +656,7 @@ border.  This is what the 'scrolloff' option does, it specifies an offset
 from the window border where scrolling starts.
 
 ==============================================================================
-*05.8*	Often used options
+*05.9*	Often used options
 
 There are an awful lot of options.  Most of them you will hardly ever use.
 Some of the more useful ones will be mentioned here.  Don't forget you can

runtime/doc/usr_11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Apr 13
+*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 04
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ the resulting files if they are what you expected.
 USING A SPECIFIC SWAP FILE
 
 If you know which swap file needs to be used, you can recover by giving the
-swap file name.  Vim will then finds out the name of the original file from
+swap file name.  Vim will then find out the name of the original file from
 the swap file.
 
 Example: >

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 18
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	systemlist()		get the result of a shell command as a list
 	hostname()		name of the system
 	readfile()		read a file into a List of lines
-	writefile()		write a List of lines into a file
+	writefile()		write a List of lines or Blob into a file
 
 Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 	getftime()		get last modification time of a file
@@ -941,6 +941,7 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_override()		test with Vim internal overrides
 	test_garbagecollect_now()   free memory right now
 	test_ignore_error()	ignore a specific error message
+	test_null_blob()	return a null Blob
 	test_null_channel()	return a null Channel
 	test_null_dict()	return a null Dict
 	test_null_job()		return a null Job
@@ -958,6 +959,7 @@ Inter-process communication:		    *channel-functions*
 	ch_close()		close a channel
 	ch_close_in()		close the in part of a channel
 	ch_read()		read a message from a channel
+	ch_readblob()		read a Blob from a channel
 	ch_readraw()		read a raw message from a channel
 	ch_sendexpr()		send a JSON message over a channel
 	ch_sendraw()		send a raw message over a channel

runtime/doc/usr_45.txt

@@ -153,12 +153,6 @@ language than the text.
 language, the default should work fine and you don't need to do anything.  The
 following is only relevant when you want to edit different languages.
 
-	Note:
-	Using different encodings only works when Vim was compiled to handle
-	it.  To find out if it works, use the ":version" command and check the
-	output for "+multi_byte".  If it's there, you are OK.  If you see
-	"-multi_byte" you will have to find another Vim.
-
 
 USING UNICODE IN THE GUI
 

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 08
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -82,8 +82,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			value of 'maxcombine' doesn't matter.
 			Example of a character with two composing characters:
 				e0 b8 81 + e0 b8 b9 + e0 b9 89 ~
-			{not in Vi} {only when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
+			{not in Vi}
 
 							*8g8*
 8g8			Find an illegal UTF-8 byte sequence at or after the
@@ -98,8 +97,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			Note that when the cursor is on an illegal byte or the
 			cursor is halfway a multi-byte character the command
 			won't move the cursor.
-			{not in Vi} {only when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
-			feature}
+			{not in Vi}
 
 						*:p* *:pr* *:print* *E749*
 :[range]p[rint] [flags]
@@ -440,7 +438,7 @@ N  *+smartindent*	|'smartindent'|
 N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
 N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 			formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
-m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|
+m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|; no longer supported
 N  *+syntax*		Syntax highlighting |syntax|
    *+system()*		Unix only: opposite of |+fork|
 T  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Mar 18
+*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ Added the ":sign" command to define and place signs.  They can be displayed
 with two ASCII characters or an icon.  The line after it can be highlighted.
 Useful to display breakpoints and the current PC position.
 
-Added the |:wsverb| command to execute debugger commands.
+Added the :wsverb command to execute debugger commands.
 
 Added balloon stuff: 'balloondelay' and 'ballooneval' options.
 

runtime/doc/version8.txt

@@ -2378,7 +2378,7 @@ Solution:   Use the msgfmt command found by configure. (Danek Duvall)
 Files:	    src/config.mk.in, src/po/Makefile
 
 Patch 7.4.323
-Problem:    Substitute() with zero width pattern breaks multi-byte character.
+Problem:    substitute() with zero width pattern breaks multi-byte character.
 Solution:   Take multi-byte character size into account. (Yukihiro Nakadaira)
 Files:	    src/eval.c src/testdir/test69.in, src/testdir/test69.ok
 
@@ -20311,7 +20311,7 @@ Solution:   Use R for a running job and F for a finished job.
 Files:      src/buffer.c
 
 Patch 8.0.0936
-Problem:    Mode() returns wrong value for a terminal window.
+Problem:    mode() returns wrong value for a terminal window.
 Solution:   Return 't' when typed keys go to a job.
 Files:      src/evalfunc.c, src/testdir/test_terminal.vim
 
@@ -20697,7 +20697,7 @@ Solution:   Add type cast. (Mike Williams)
 Files:      src/channel.c
 
 Patch 8.0.1004
-Problem:    Matchstrpos() without a match returns too many items.
+Problem:    matchstrpos() without a match returns too many items.
 Solution:   Also remove the second item when the position is beyond the end of
             the string. (Hirohito Higashi)  Use an enum for the type.
 Files:      src/evalfunc.c, src/testdir/test_match.vim
@@ -22544,7 +22544,7 @@ Files:      src/ex_getln.c, src/proto/search.pro, src/search.c,
             src/testdir/test_search.vim
 
 Patch 8.0.1305
-Problem:    Writefile() never calls fsync().
+Problem:    writefile() never calls fsync().
 Solution:   Follow the 'fsync' option with override to enable or disable.
 Files:      src/fileio.c, src/evalfunc.c, runtime/doc/eval.txt, src/globals.h,
             src/testdir/test_writefile.vim
@@ -22732,7 +22732,7 @@ Solution:   Take the winbar into account when computing the new window
 Files:      src/vim.h, src/window.c
 
 Patch 8.0.1335
-Problem:    Writefile() using fsync() may give an error for a device.
+Problem:    writefile() using fsync() may give an error for a device.
             (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
 Solution:   Ignore fsync() failing. (closes #2373)
 Files:      src/evalfunc.c
@@ -23618,7 +23618,7 @@ Files:      src/edit.c, src/testdir/test_ins_complete.vim,
             src/testdir/test_popup.vim, src/testdir/test_edit.vim
 
 Patch 8.0.1483
-Problem:    Searchpair() might return an invalid value on timeout.
+Problem:    searchpair() might return an invalid value on timeout.
 Solution:   When the second search times out, do not accept a match from the
             first search. (Daniel Hahler, closes #2552)
 Files:      src/search.c
@@ -23722,7 +23722,7 @@ Files:      runtime/doc/eval.txt, runtime/doc/usr_41.txt, src/Makefile,
             src/testdir/Make_all.mak, src/testdir/test_jumplist.vim
 
 Patch 8.0.1498 (after 8.0.1497)
-Problem:    Getjumplist() returns duplicate entries. (lacygoill)
+Problem:    getjumplist() returns duplicate entries. (lacygoill)
 Solution:   Call cleanup_jumplist(). (Yegappan Lakshmanan)
 Files:      src/evalfunc.c, src/mark.c, src/proto/mark.pro,
             src/testdir/test_jumplist.vim
@@ -23842,7 +23842,7 @@ Solution:   Restore emsg_silent before executing :try. (closes #2531)
 Files:      src/ex_docmd.c, src/testdir/test_eval_stuff.vim
 
 Patch 8.0.1519
-Problem:    Getchangelist() does not use argument as bufname().
+Problem:    getchangelist() does not use argument as bufname().
 Solution:   Use get_buf_tv(). (Yegappan Lakshmanan, closes #2641)
 Files:      src/evalfunc.c, src/testdir/test_changelist.vim
 

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Sep 02
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -118,6 +118,8 @@ gn			Search forward for the last used search pattern, like
 			E.g., "dgn" deletes the text of the next match.
 			If Visual mode is active, extends the selection
 			until the end of the next match.
+			Note: Unlike `n` the search direction does not depend
+			on the previous search command.
 
 								*gN* *v_gN*
 gN			Like |gn| but searches backward, like with `N`.
@@ -305,8 +307,6 @@ mode.
 ==============================================================================
 5. Blockwise operators					*blockwise-operators*
 
-{not available when compiled without the |+visualextra| feature}
-
 Reminder: Use 'virtualedit' to be able to select blocks that start or end
 after the end of a line or halfway a tab.
 

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Apr 24
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Mar 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -842,6 +842,12 @@ CTRL-W gF						*CTRL-W_gF*
 		{not available when the |+file_in_path| feature was disabled
 		at compile time}
 
+CTRL-W gt						*CTRL-W_gt*
+		Go to next tab page, same as `gt`.
+
+CTRL-W gT						*CTRL-W_gT*
+		Go to previous tab page, same as `gT`.
+
 Also see |CTRL-W_CTRL-I|: open window for an included file that includes
 the keyword under the cursor.
 

runtime/doc/workshop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*workshop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2013 Jul 06
+*workshop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -6,93 +6,9 @@
 
 Sun Visual WorkShop Features			*workshop* *workshop-support*
 
-1. Introduction						|workshop-intro|
-2. Commands						|workshop-commands|
-3. Compiling vim/gvim for WorkShop			|workshop-compiling|
-4. Configuring gvim for a WorkShop release tree		|workshop-configure|
-5. Obtaining the latest version of the XPM library	|workshop-xpm|
+The support for WorkShop was removed in patch 8.1.0763 in January 2019.
+The product has not been available for a long time and has been replaced by
+|NetBeans|.
 
-{Vi does not have any of these features}
-{only available when compiled with the |+sun_workshop| feature}
-
-==============================================================================
-1. Introduction						*workshop-intro*
-
-Sun Visual WorkShop has an "Editor of Choice" feature designed to let users
-debug using their favorite editors.  For the 6.0 release we have added support
-for gvim.  A workshop debug session will have a debugging window and an editor
-window (possibly others as well).  The user can do many debugging operations
-from the editor window, minimizing the need to switch from window to window.
-
-The version of vim shipped with Sun Visual WorkShop 6 (also called Forte
-Developer 6) is vim 5.3.  The features in this release are much more reliable
-than the vim/gvim shipped with Visual WorkShop.  VWS users wishing to use vim
-as their editor should compile these sources and install them in their
-workshop release tree.
-
-==============================================================================
-2. Commands						*workshop-commands*
-
-						*:ws* *:wsverb*
-:ws[verb] verb			Pass the verb to the verb executor
-
-Pass the verb to a workshop function which gathers some arguments and
-sends the verb and data to workshop over an IPC connection.
-
-==============================================================================
-3. Compiling vim/gvim for WorkShop			*workshop-compiling*
-
-Compiling vim with FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP turns on all compile time flags necessary
-for building a vim to work with Visual WorkShop.  The features required for VWS
-have been built and tested using the Sun compilers from the VWS release.  They
-have not been built or tested using Gnu compilers.  This does not mean the
-features won't build and run if compiled with gcc, just that nothing is
-guaranteed with gcc!
-
-==============================================================================
-4. Configuring gvim for a WorkShop release tree		*workshop-configure*
-
-There are several assumptions which must be met in order to compile a gvim for
-use with Sun Visual WorkShop 6.
-
-    o You should use the compiler in VWS rather than gcc.  We have neither
-      built nor tested with gcc and cannot guarantee it will build properly.
-
-    o You must supply your own XPM library.  See |workshop-xpm| below for
-      details on obtaining the latest version of XPM.
-
-    o Edit the Makefile in the src directory and uncomment the lines for Sun
-      Visual WorkShop.  You can easily find these by searching for the string
-      FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP
-
-    o We also suggest you use Motif for your gui.  This will provide gvim with
-      the same look-and-feel as the rest of Sun Visual WorkShop.
-
-The following configuration line can be used to configure vim to build for use
-with Sun Visual WorkShop:
-
-    $ CC=cc configure --enable-workshop --enable-gui=motif \
-	-prefix=<VWS-install-dir>/contrib/contrib6/<vim-version>
-
-The VWS-install-dir should be the base directory where your Sun Visual WorkShop
-was installed.  By default this is /opt/SUNWspro.  It will normally require
-root permissions to install the vim release.  You will also need to change the
-symlink <VWS-install-dir>/bin/gvim to point to the vim in your newly installed
-directory.  The <vim-version> should be a unique version string.  I use "vim"
-concatenated with the equivalent of version.h's VIM_VERSION_SHORT.
-
-==============================================================================
-5. Obtaining the latest version of the XPM library	*workshop-xpm*
-
-The XPM library is required to show images within Vim with Motif or Athena.
-Without it the toolbar and signs will be disabled.
-
-The XPM library is provided by Arnaud Le Hors of the French National Institute
-for Research in Computer Science and Control.  It can be downloaded from
-http://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libXpm.  The current release, as of this
-writing, is xpm-3.4k-solaris.tgz, which is a gzip'ed tar file.  If you create
-the directory /usr/local/xpm and untar the file there you can use the
-uncommented lines in the Makefile without changing them.  If you use another
-xpm directory you will need to change the XPM_DIR in src/Makefile.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/evim.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script for Evim key bindings
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Sep 20
+" Last Change:	2019 Jan 27
 
 " Don't use Vi-compatible mode.
 set nocompatible
@@ -49,19 +49,14 @@ if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
   nohlsearch
 endif
 
-" Only do this part when compiled with support for autocommands.
-if has("autocmd")
+" Enable file type detection.
+" Use the default filetype settings, so that mail gets 'tw' set to 72,
+" 'cindent' is on in C files, etc.
+" Also load indent files, to automatically do language-dependent indenting.
+filetype plugin indent on
 
-  " Enable file type detection.
-  " Use the default filetype settings, so that mail gets 'tw' set to 72,
-  " 'cindent' is on in C files, etc.
-  " Also load indent files, to automatically do language-dependent indenting.
-  filetype plugin indent on
-
-  " For all text files set 'textwidth' to 78 characters.
-  au FileType text setlocal tw=78
-
-endif " has("autocmd")
+" For all text files set 'textwidth' to 78 characters.
+au FileType text setlocal tw=78
 
 " Add optional packages.
 "

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2018 May 04
+" Last Change:	2019 Feb 07
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -54,6 +54,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead $VIMRUNTIME/doc/*.txt	setf help
 " Abaqus or Trasys
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.inp			call dist#ft#Check_inp()
 
+" 8th (Firth-derivative)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.8th			setf 8th
+
 " A-A-P recipe
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.aap			setf aap
 
@@ -97,6 +100,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead proftpd.conf*		call s:StarSetf('apachestyle')
 
 " Apache config file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .htaccess,*/etc/httpd/*.conf		setf apache
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apache2/sites-*/*.com		setf apache
 
 " XA65 MOS6510 cross assembler
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.a65			setf a65
@@ -1462,9 +1466,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead sgml.catalog*		call s:StarSetf('catalog')
 
 " Shell scripts (sh, ksh, bash, bash2, csh); Allow .profile_foo etc.
 " Gentoo ebuilds and Arch Linux PKGBUILDs are actually bash scripts
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile*,.bash[_-]logout*,.bash[_-]aliases*,bash-fc[-.]*,*.bash,*/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*},*.ebuild,*.eclass,PKGBUILD* call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("bash")
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc*,*.ksh call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/profile,.profile*,*.sh,*.env call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
+" NOTE: Patterns ending in a star are further down, these have lower priority.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile,.bash[_-]logout,.bash[_-]aliases,bash-fc[-.],*.bash,*/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*},*.ebuild,*.eclass,PKGBUILD call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("bash")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc,*.ksh call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/profile,.profile,*.sh,*.env call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
+
 
 " Shell script (Arch Linux) or PHP file (Drupal)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.install
@@ -1474,15 +1480,16 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.install
 	\   call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("bash") |
 	\ endif
 
-" tcsh scripts
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .tcshrc*,*.tcsh,tcsh.tcshrc,tcsh.login	call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
+" tcsh scripts (patterns ending in a star further below)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .tcshrc,*.tcsh,tcsh.tcshrc,tcsh.login	call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
 
 " csh scripts, but might also be tcsh scripts (on some systems csh is tcsh)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .login*,.cshrc*,csh.cshrc,csh.login,csh.logout,*.csh,.alias  call dist#ft#CSH()
+" (patterns ending in a start further below)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .login,.cshrc,csh.cshrc,csh.login,csh.logout,*.csh,.alias  call dist#ft#CSH()
 
-" Z-Shell script
+" Z-Shell script (patterns ending in a star further below)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .zprofile,*/etc/zprofile,.zfbfmarks  setf zsh
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .zsh*,.zlog*,.zcompdump*  call s:StarSetf('zsh')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .zshrc,.zshenv,.zlogin,.zlogout,.zcompdump setf zsh
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zsh			setf zsh
 
 " Scheme
@@ -2074,6 +2081,17 @@ au BufRead,BufNewFile *.rdf			call dist#ft#Redif()
 " Remind
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders*		call s:StarSetf('remind')
 
+" Shell scripts ending in a star
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,.bash[_-]profile*,.bash[_-]logout*,.bash[_-]aliases*,bash-fc[-.]*,,PKGBUILD* call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("bash")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc* call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .profile* call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
+
+" tcsh scripts ending in a star
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .tcshrc*	call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
+
+" csh scripts ending in a star
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .login*,.cshrc*  call dist#ft#CSH()
+
 " Vim script
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *vimrc*			call s:StarSetf('vim')
 
@@ -2101,7 +2119,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/xinetd.d/*		call s:StarSetf('xinetd')
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/*	call s:StarSetf('dosini')
 
-" Z-Shell script
+" Z-Shell script ending in a star
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .zsh*,.zlog*,.zcompdump*  call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 
 

runtime/ftplugin/8th.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim ftplugin file
+" Language:	8th
+" Version:	any
+" Last Change:	2015/11/08
+" Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@aaron-tech.com>
+" URL:          https://8th-dev.com/
+" Filetypes:	*.8th
+" NOTE: 	8th allows any non-whitespace in a name, so you need to do:
+" 		setlocal iskeyword=!,@,33-35,%,$,38-64,A-Z,91-96,a-z,123-126,128-255
+" 		This goes with the syntax/8th.vim file.
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_8thplugin")
+ finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_8thplugin = 1
+
+setlocal ts=2 sts=2 sw=2 et
+setlocal com=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:\|,:\\
+setlocal fo=tcrqol
+setlocal matchpairs+=\::;
+setlocal iskeyword=!,@,33-35,%,$,38-64,A-Z,91-96,a-z,123-126,128-255
+setlocal suffixesadd=.8th

runtime/ftplugin/bash.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	bash
+" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
+" Last Changed: 2019 Jan 12
+"
+" This is not a real filetype plugin.  It allows for someone to set 'filetype'
+" to "bash" in the modeline, and gets the effect of filetype "sh" with
+" b:is_bash set.  Idea from Mahmode Al-Qudsi.
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let b:is_bash = 1
+if exists("b:is_sh")
+  unlet b:is_sh
+endif
+if exists("b:is_kornshell")
+  unlet b:is_kornshell
+endif
+
+" Setting 'filetype' here directly won't work, since we are being invoked
+" through an autocommand.  Do it later, on the BufWinEnter event.
+augroup bash_filetype
+  au BufWinEnter * call SetBashFt()
+augroup END
+
+func SetBashFt()
+  au! bash_filetype
+  set ft=sh
+endfunc

runtime/ftplugin/eruby.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ elseif !exists("b:eruby_subtype")
   let s:lines = getline(1)."\n".getline(2)."\n".getline(3)."\n".getline(4)."\n".getline(5)."\n".getline("$")
   let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(s:lines,'eruby_subtype=\zs\w\+')
   if b:eruby_subtype == ''
-    let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(substitute(expand("%:t"),'\c\%(\.erb\|\.eruby\|\.erubis\)\+$','',''),'\.\zs\w\+\%(\ze+\w\+\)\=$')
+    let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(substitute(expand("%:t"),'\c\%(\.erb\|\.eruby\|\.erubis\|\.example\)\+$','',''),'\.\zs\w\+\%(\ze+\w\+\)\=$')
   endif
   if b:eruby_subtype == 'rhtml'
     let b:eruby_subtype = 'html'
@@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ elseif !exists("b:eruby_subtype")
   endif
 endif
 
-if exists("b:eruby_subtype") && b:eruby_subtype != ''
+if exists("b:eruby_subtype") && b:eruby_subtype != '' && b:eruby_subtype !=? 'eruby'
   exe "runtime! ftplugin/".b:eruby_subtype.".vim ftplugin/".b:eruby_subtype."_*.vim ftplugin/".b:eruby_subtype."/*.vim"
 else
   runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim
@@ -66,6 +67,21 @@ if exists("b:match_words")
   unlet b:match_words
 endif
 
+let s:cfilemap = v:version >= 704 ? maparg('<Plug><cfile>', 'c', 0, 1) : {}
+if !get(s:cfilemap, 'buffer') || !s:cfilemap.expr || s:cfilemap.rhs =~# 'ErubyAtCursor()'
+  let s:cfilemap = {}
+endif
+if !has_key(s:cfilemap, 'rhs')
+  let s:cfilemap.rhs = "substitute(&l:inex =~# '\\<v:fname\\>' && len(expand('<cfile>')) ? eval(substitute(&l:inex, '\\<v:fname\\>', '\\=string(expand(\"<cfile>\"))', 'g')) : '', '^$', \"\\022\\006\",'')"
+endif
+let s:ctagmap = v:version >= 704 ? maparg('<Plug><ctag>', 'c', 0, 1) : {}
+if !get(s:ctagmap, 'buffer') || !s:ctagmap.expr || s:ctagmap.rhs =~# 'ErubyAtCursor()'
+  let s:ctagmap = {}
+endif
+let s:include = &l:include
+let s:path = &l:path
+let s:suffixesadd = &l:suffixesadd
+
 runtime! ftplugin/ruby.vim ftplugin/ruby_*.vim ftplugin/ruby/*.vim
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
@@ -80,6 +96,15 @@ if exists("b:match_words")
   let s:match_words = b:match_words . ',' . s:match_words
 endif
 
+if len(s:include)
+  let &l:include = s:include
+endif
+let &l:path = s:path . (s:path =~# ',$\|^$' ? '' : ',') . &l:path
+let &l:suffixesadd = s:suffixesadd . (s:suffixesadd =~# ',$\|^$' ? '' : ',') . &l:suffixesadd
+exe 'cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><cfile> ErubyAtCursor() ? ' . maparg('<Plug><cfile>', 'c') . ' : ' . s:cfilemap.rhs
+exe 'cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><ctag> ErubyAtCursor() ? ' . maparg('<Plug><ctag>', 'c') . ' : ' . get(s:ctagmap, 'rhs', '"\022\027"')
+unlet s:cfilemap s:ctagmap s:include s:path s:suffixesadd
+
 " Change the browse dialog on Win32 to show mainly eRuby-related files
 if has("gui_win32")
   let b:browsefilter="eRuby Files (*.erb, *.rhtml)\t*.erb;*.rhtml\n" . s:browsefilter
@@ -99,4 +124,9 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< "
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo
 
+function! ErubyAtCursor() abort
+  let groups = map(['erubyBlock', 'erubyComment', 'erubyExpression', 'erubyOneLiner'], 'hlID(v:val)')
+  return !empty(filter(synstack(line('.'), col('.')), 'index(groups, v:val) >= 0'))
+endfunction
+
 " vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8:

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2018 Jul 25
+" Last Change: 	2019 Jan 22
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -206,10 +206,10 @@ func <SID>GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
     let $MANWIDTH = ''
   endif
   " Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
-  while getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
+  while line('$') > 1 && getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
     silent keepj norm! ggdd
   endwhile
-  while getline('$') =~ '^\s*$'
+  while line('$') > 1 && getline('$') =~ '^\s*$'
     silent keepj norm! Gdd
   endwhile
   1

runtime/ftplugin/mma.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	Mathematica
+" Maintainer:	Ian Ford <ianf@wolfram.com>
+" Last Change:	22 January 2019
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+	finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal commentstring<"
+
+setlocal commentstring=\(*%s*\)

runtime/ftplugin/rst.vim

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ setlocal formatoptions+=tcroql
 "
 " More sophisticated indentation rules should be revisted in the future.
 
-if !exists("g:rst_style") || g:rst_style != 0
+if exists("g:rst_style") && g:rst_style != 0
     setlocal expandtab shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 tabstop=8
 endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 " Language:		Ruby
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
-" Release Coordinator:  Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
   finish
@@ -44,19 +44,12 @@ endif
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 
 setlocal include=^\\s*\\<\\(load\\>\\\|require\\>\\\|autoload\\s*:\\=[\"']\\=\\h\\w*[\"']\\=,\\)
-setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'\%(\.rb\)\=$','.rb','')
 setlocal suffixesadd=.rb
 
 if exists("&ofu") && has("ruby")
   setlocal omnifunc=rubycomplete#Complete
 endif
 
-" To activate, :set ballooneval
-if has('balloon_eval') && exists('+balloonexpr')
-  setlocal balloonexpr=RubyBalloonexpr()
-endif
-
-
 " TODO:
 "setlocal define=^\\s*def
 
@@ -69,7 +62,7 @@ endif
 
 function! s:query_path(root) abort
   let code = "print $:.join %q{,}"
-  if &shell =~# 'sh'
+  if &shell =~# 'sh' && empty(&shellxquote)
     let prefix = 'env PATH='.shellescape($PATH).' '
   else
     let prefix = ''
@@ -141,44 +134,54 @@ if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
                      \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< inc< inex< sua< def< com< cms< path< tags< kp<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl inc= sua= path= tags= fo< com< cms< kp="
       \."| unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:match_skip"
       \."| if exists('&ofu') && has('ruby') | setl ofu< | endif"
-      \."| if has('balloon_eval') && exists('+bexpr') | setl bexpr< | endif"
+
+if get(g:, 'ruby_recommended_style', 1)
+  setlocal shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | setl sw< sts< et<'
+endif
+
+" To activate, :set ballooneval
+if exists('+balloonexpr') && get(g:, 'ruby_balloonexpr')
+  setlocal balloonexpr=RubyBalloonexpr()
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= "| setl bexpr="
+endif
 
 function! s:map(mode, flags, map) abort
   let from = matchstr(a:map, '\S\+')
   if empty(mapcheck(from, a:mode))
-    exe a:mode.'map' '<buffer>'.(a:0 ? a:1 : '') a:map
+    exe a:mode.'map' '<buffer>' a:map
     let b:undo_ftplugin .= '|sil! '.a:mode.'unmap <buffer> '.from
   endif
 endfunction
 
-cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><cword> substitute(RubyCursorIdentifier(),'^$',"\022\027",'')
+cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><ctag> substitute(RubyCursorTag(),'^$',"\022\027",'')
 cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><cfile> substitute(RubyCursorFile(),'^$',"\022\006",'')
-let b:undo_ftplugin .= "| sil! cunmap <buffer> <Plug><cword>| sil! cunmap <buffer> <Plug><cfile>"
+let b:undo_ftplugin .= "| sil! cunmap <buffer> <Plug><ctag>| sil! cunmap <buffer> <Plug><cfile>"
 
 if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
   nmap <buffer><script> <SID>:  :<C-U>
   nmap <buffer><script> <SID>c: :<C-U><C-R>=v:count ? v:count : ''<CR>
 
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','b','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyDefine','b','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyDefine','','n')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','b','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyDefine','b','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyDefine','','v')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>',['rubyDefine'],'b','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>',['rubyDefine'],'','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyDefine'],'b','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyDefine'],'','n')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>',['rubyDefine'],'b','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>',['rubyDefine'],'','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyDefine'],'b','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyDefine'],'','v')<CR>
 
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','b','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','b','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','','n')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','b','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','b','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','','v')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'b','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'b','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'','n')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'b','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'b','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'','v')<CR>
 
   let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin
         \."| sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> [[' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]]' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> []' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]['"
@@ -204,19 +207,18 @@ if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
           \."| sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> iM' | sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> aM'"
   endif
 
-  call s:map('c', '', '<C-R><C-W> <Plug><cword>')
   call s:map('c', '', '<C-R><C-F> <Plug><cfile>')
 
   cmap <buffer><script><expr> <SID>tagzv &foldopen =~# 'tag' ? '<Bar>norm! zv' : ''
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-]>       <SID>:exe  v:count1."tag <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g<C-]>      <SID>:exe         "tjump <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g]          <SID>:exe       "tselect <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>]      <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W><C-]>  <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g<C-]> <SID>:exe        "stjump <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g]     <SID>:exe      "stselect <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>}      <SID>:exe v:count1."ptag <Plug><cword>"<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g}     <SID>:exe        "ptjump <Plug><cword>"<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-]>       <SID>:exe  v:count1."tag <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g<C-]>      <SID>:exe         "tjump <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g]          <SID>:exe       "tselect <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>]      <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W><C-]>  <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g<C-]> <SID>:exe        "stjump <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g]     <SID>:exe      "stselect <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>}      <SID>:exe v:count1."ptag <Plug><ctag>"<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g}     <SID>:exe        "ptjump <Plug><ctag>"<CR>')
 
   call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'gf           <SID>c:find <Plug><cfile><CR>')
   call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>f      <SID>c:sfind <Plug><cfile><CR>')
@@ -288,12 +290,13 @@ function! s:searchsyn(pattern, syn, flags, mode) abort
     norm! gv
   endif
   let i = 0
+  call map(a:syn, 'hlID(v:val)')
   while i < cnt
     let i = i + 1
     let line = line('.')
     let col  = col('.')
     let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
-    while pos != 0 && s:synname() !~# a:syn
+    while pos != 0 && index(a:syn, s:synid()) < 0
       let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
     endwhile
     if pos == 0
@@ -303,8 +306,8 @@ function! s:searchsyn(pattern, syn, flags, mode) abort
   endwhile
 endfunction
 
-function! s:synname() abort
-  return synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name')
+function! s:synid() abort
+  return synID(line('.'),col('.'),0)
 endfunction
 
 function! s:wrap_i(back,forward) abort
@@ -349,6 +352,10 @@ function! RubyCursorIdentifier() abort
   return stripped == '' ? expand("<cword>") : stripped
 endfunction
 
+function! RubyCursorTag() abort
+  return substitute(RubyCursorIdentifier(), '^[$@]*', '', '')
+endfunction
+
 function! RubyCursorFile() abort
   let isfname = &isfname
   try
@@ -360,8 +367,9 @@ function! RubyCursorFile() abort
   let pre = matchstr(strpart(getline('.'), 0, col('.')-1), '.*\f\@<!')
   let post = matchstr(strpart(getline('.'), col('.')), '\f\@!.*')
   let ext = getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require\%(_relative\)\=\|autoload\)\>' && cfile !~# '\.rb$' ? '.rb' : ''
-  if s:synname() ==# 'rubyConstant'
+  if s:synid() ==# hlID('rubyConstant')
     let cfile = substitute(cfile,'\.\w\+[?!=]\=$','','')
+    let cfile = substitute(cfile,'^::','','')
     let cfile = substitute(cfile,'::','/','g')
     let cfile = substitute(cfile,'\(\u\+\)\(\u\l\)','\1_\2', 'g')
     let cfile = substitute(cfile,'\(\l\|\d\)\(\u\)','\1_\2', 'g')

runtime/ftplugin/text.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		Text
 " Maintainer:		David Barnett <daviebdawg+vim@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2014 Jul 09
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 10
 
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal comments< commentstring<'
 
 " We intentionally don't set formatoptions-=t since text should wrap as text.
 
-" Pseudo comment leaders to indent bulleted lists.
-setlocal comments=fb:-,fb:*
+" Pseudo comment leaders to indent bulleted lists with '-' and '*'.  And allow
+" for Mail quoted text with '>'.
+setlocal comments=fb:-,fb:*,n:>
 setlocal commentstring=

runtime/indent/eruby.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ runtime! indent/ruby.vim
 unlet! b:did_indent
 setlocal indentexpr=
 
-if exists("b:eruby_subtype")
+if exists("b:eruby_subtype") && b:eruby_subtype != '' && b:eruby_subtype !=# 'eruby'
   exe "runtime! indent/".b:eruby_subtype.".vim"
 else
   runtime! indent/html.vim
@@ -47,7 +48,11 @@ set cpo&vim
 
 function! GetErubyIndent(...)
   " The value of a single shift-width
-  let sw = shiftwidth()
+  if exists('*shiftwidth')
+    let sw = shiftwidth()
+  else
+    let sw = &sw
+  endif
 
   if a:0 && a:1 == '.'
     let v:lnum = line('.')
@@ -91,6 +96,7 @@ function! GetErubyIndent(...)
     let ind = ind + sw
   endif
   if line !~# '^\s*<%' && line =~# '%>\s*$' && line !~# '^\s*end\>'
+	\ && synID(v:lnum, match(cline, '\S') + 1, 1) != hlID('htmlEndTag')
     let ind = ind - sw
   endif
   if cline =~# '^\s*[-=]\=%>\s*$'

runtime/indent/python.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:		Python
 " Maintainer:		Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 " Original Author:	David Bustos <bustos@caltech.edu>
-" Last Change:		2013 Jul 9
+" Last Change:		2019 Feb 21
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -53,58 +53,68 @@ function GetPythonIndent(lnum)
     return 0
   endif
 
-  " searchpair() can be slow sometimes, limit the time to 100 msec or what is
-  " put in g:pyindent_searchpair_timeout
-  let searchpair_stopline = 0
-  let searchpair_timeout = get(g:, 'pyindent_searchpair_timeout', 150)
-
-  " If the previous line is inside parenthesis, use the indent of the starting
-  " line.
-  " Trick: use the non-existing "dummy" variable to break out of the loop when
-  " going too far back.
   call cursor(plnum, 1)
-  let parlnum = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'nbW',
-	  \ "line('.') < " . (plnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
-	  \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
-	  \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'",
-	  \ searchpair_stopline, searchpair_timeout)
-  if parlnum > 0
-    let plindent = indent(parlnum)
-    let plnumstart = parlnum
-  else
+
+  " Identing inside parentheses can be very slow, regardless of the searchpair()
+  " timeout, so let the user disable this feature if he doesn't need it
+  let disable_parentheses_indenting = get(g:, "pyindent_disable_parentheses_indenting", 0)
+
+  if disable_parentheses_indenting == 1
     let plindent = indent(plnum)
     let plnumstart = plnum
-  endif
+  else
+    " searchpair() can be slow sometimes, limit the time to 150 msec or what is
+    " put in g:pyindent_searchpair_timeout
+    let searchpair_stopline = 0
+    let searchpair_timeout = get(g:, 'pyindent_searchpair_timeout', 150)
 
+    " If the previous line is inside parenthesis, use the indent of the starting
+    " line.
+    " Trick: use the non-existing "dummy" variable to break out of the loop when
+    " going too far back.
+    let parlnum = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'nbW',
+            \ "line('.') < " . (plnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
+            \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
+            \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'",
+            \ searchpair_stopline, searchpair_timeout)
+    if parlnum > 0
+      let plindent = indent(parlnum)
+      let plnumstart = parlnum
+    else
+      let plindent = indent(plnum)
+      let plnumstart = plnum
+    endif
 
-  " When inside parenthesis: If at the first line below the parenthesis add
-  " two 'shiftwidth', otherwise same as previous line.
-  " i = (a
-  "       + b
-  "       + c)
-  call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
-  let p = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'bW',
-	  \ "line('.') < " . (a:lnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
-	  \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
-	  \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'",
-	  \ searchpair_stopline, searchpair_timeout)
-  if p > 0
-    if p == plnum
-      " When the start is inside parenthesis, only indent one 'shiftwidth'.
-      let pp = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'bW',
-	  \ "line('.') < " . (a:lnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
-	  \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
-	  \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'",
-	  \ searchpair_stopline, searchpair_timeout)
-      if pp > 0
-	return indent(plnum) + (exists("g:pyindent_nested_paren") ? eval(g:pyindent_nested_paren) : shiftwidth())
+    " When inside parenthesis: If at the first line below the parenthesis add
+    " two 'shiftwidth', otherwise same as previous line.
+    " i = (a
+    "       + b
+    "       + c)
+    call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
+    let p = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'bW',
+            \ "line('.') < " . (a:lnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
+            \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
+            \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'",
+            \ searchpair_stopline, searchpair_timeout)
+    if p > 0
+      if p == plnum
+        " When the start is inside parenthesis, only indent one 'shiftwidth'.
+        let pp = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'bW',
+            \ "line('.') < " . (a:lnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
+            \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
+            \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'",
+            \ searchpair_stopline, searchpair_timeout)
+        if pp > 0
+          return indent(plnum) + (exists("g:pyindent_nested_paren") ? eval(g:pyindent_nested_paren) : shiftwidth())
+        endif
+        return indent(plnum) + (exists("g:pyindent_open_paren") ? eval(g:pyindent_open_paren) : (shiftwidth() * 2))
       endif
-      return indent(plnum) + (exists("g:pyindent_open_paren") ? eval(g:pyindent_open_paren) : (shiftwidth() * 2))
+      if plnumstart == p
+        return indent(plnum)
+      endif
+      return plindent
     endif
-    if plnumstart == p
-      return indent(plnum)
-    endif
-    return plindent
+
   endif
 
 

runtime/indent/ruby.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:		Ruby
-" Maintainer:		Nikolai Weibull <now at bitwi.se>
+" Maintainer:		Andrew Radev <andrey.radev@gmail.com>
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now at bitwi.se>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 
 " 0. Initialization {{{1
 " =================
@@ -18,6 +20,11 @@ if !exists('g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style')
   let g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style = 'normal'
 endif
 
+if !exists('g:ruby_indent_assignment_style')
+  " Possible values: "variable", "hanging"
+  let g:ruby_indent_assignment_style = 'hanging'
+endif
+
 if !exists('g:ruby_indent_block_style')
   " Possible values: "expression", "do"
   let g:ruby_indent_block_style = 'expression'
@@ -42,28 +49,27 @@ set cpo&vim
 " 1. Variables {{{1
 " ============
 
-" Regex of syntax group names that are or delimit strings/symbols or are comments.
-let s:syng_strcom = '\<ruby\%(Regexp\|RegexpDelimiter\|RegexpEscape' .
-      \ '\|Symbol\|String\|StringDelimiter\|StringEscape\|ASCIICode' .
-      \ '\|Interpolation\|InterpolationDelimiter\|NoInterpolation\|Comment\|Documentation\)\>'
-
-" Regex of syntax group names that are strings.
+" Syntax group names that are strings.
 let s:syng_string =
-      \ '\<ruby\%(String\|Interpolation\|NoInterpolation\|StringEscape\)\>'
+      \ ['String', 'Interpolation', 'InterpolationDelimiter', 'NoInterpolation', 'StringEscape']
 
-" Regex of syntax group names that are strings or documentation.
-let s:syng_stringdoc =
-      \'\<ruby\%(String\|Interpolation\|NoInterpolation\|StringEscape\|Documentation\)\>'
+" Syntax group names that are strings or documentation.
+let s:syng_stringdoc = s:syng_string + ['Documentation']
+
+" Syntax group names that are or delimit strings/symbols/regexes or are comments.
+let s:syng_strcom = s:syng_stringdoc +
+      \ ['Regexp', 'RegexpDelimiter', 'RegexpEscape',
+      \ 'Symbol', 'StringDelimiter', 'ASCIICode', 'Comment']
 
 " Expression used to check whether we should skip a match with searchpair().
 let s:skip_expr =
-      \ "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') =~ '".s:syng_strcom."'"
+      \ 'index(map('.string(s:syng_strcom).',"hlID(''ruby''.v:val)"), synID(line("."),col("."),1)) >= 0'
 
 " Regex used for words that, at the start of a line, add a level of indent.
 let s:ruby_indent_keywords =
       \ '^\s*\zs\<\%(module\|class\|if\|for' .
       \   '\|while\|until\|else\|elsif\|case\|when\|unless\|begin\|ensure\|rescue' .
-      \   '\|\%(public\|protected\|private\)\=\s*def\):\@!\>' .
+      \   '\|\%(\K\k*[!?]\?\)\=\s*def\):\@!\>' .
       \ '\|\%([=,*/%+-]\|<<\|>>\|:\s\)\s*\zs' .
       \    '\<\%(if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin\):\@!\>'
 
@@ -77,7 +83,7 @@ let s:ruby_deindent_keywords =
 let s:end_start_regex =
       \ '\C\%(^\s*\|[=,*/%+\-|;{]\|<<\|>>\|:\s\)\s*\zs' .
       \ '\<\%(module\|class\|if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin' .
-      \   '\|\%(public\|protected\|private\)\=\s*def\):\@!\>' .
+      \   '\|\%(\K\k*[!?]\?\)\=\s*def\):\@!\>' .
       \ '\|\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\@<=\<do:\@!\>'
 
 " Regex that defines the middle-match for the 'end' keyword.
@@ -142,31 +148,562 @@ let s:block_continuation_regex = '^\s*[^])}\t ].*'.s:block_regex
 " Regex that describes a leading operator (only a method call's dot for now)
 let s:leading_operator_regex = '^\s*[.]'
 
-" 2. Auxiliary Functions {{{1
+" 2. GetRubyIndent Function {{{1
+" =========================
+
+function! GetRubyIndent(...) abort
+  " 2.1. Setup {{{2
+  " ----------
+
+  let indent_info = {}
+
+  " The value of a single shift-width
+  if exists('*shiftwidth')
+    let indent_info.sw = shiftwidth()
+  else
+    let indent_info.sw = &sw
+  endif
+
+  " For the current line, use the first argument if given, else v:lnum
+  let indent_info.clnum = a:0 ? a:1 : v:lnum
+  let indent_info.cline = getline(indent_info.clnum)
+
+  " Set up variables for restoring position in file.  Could use clnum here.
+  let indent_info.col = col('.')
+
+  " 2.2. Work on the current line {{{2
+  " -----------------------------
+  let indent_callback_names = [
+        \ 's:AccessModifier',
+        \ 's:ClosingBracketOnEmptyLine',
+        \ 's:BlockComment',
+        \ 's:DeindentingKeyword',
+        \ 's:MultilineStringOrLineComment',
+        \ 's:ClosingHeredocDelimiter',
+        \ 's:LeadingOperator',
+        \ ]
+
+  for callback_name in indent_callback_names
+"    Decho "Running: ".callback_name
+    let indent = call(function(callback_name), [indent_info])
+
+    if indent >= 0
+"      Decho "Match: ".callback_name." indent=".indent." info=".string(indent_info)
+      return indent
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  " 2.3. Work on the previous line. {{{2
+  " -------------------------------
+
+  " Special case: we don't need the real s:PrevNonBlankNonString for an empty
+  " line inside a string. And that call can be quite expensive in that
+  " particular situation.
+  let indent_callback_names = [
+        \ 's:EmptyInsideString',
+        \ ]
+
+  for callback_name in indent_callback_names
+"    Decho "Running: ".callback_name
+    let indent = call(function(callback_name), [indent_info])
+
+    if indent >= 0
+"      Decho "Match: ".callback_name." indent=".indent." info=".string(indent_info)
+      return indent
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  " Previous line number
+  let indent_info.plnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(indent_info.clnum - 1)
+  let indent_info.pline = getline(indent_info.plnum)
+
+  let indent_callback_names = [
+        \ 's:StartOfFile',
+        \ 's:AfterAccessModifier',
+        \ 's:ContinuedLine',
+        \ 's:AfterBlockOpening',
+        \ 's:AfterHangingSplat',
+        \ 's:AfterUnbalancedBracket',
+        \ 's:AfterLeadingOperator',
+        \ 's:AfterEndKeyword',
+        \ 's:AfterIndentKeyword',
+        \ ]
+
+  for callback_name in indent_callback_names
+"    Decho "Running: ".callback_name
+    let indent = call(function(callback_name), [indent_info])
+
+    if indent >= 0
+"      Decho "Match: ".callback_name." indent=".indent." info=".string(indent_info)
+      return indent
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  " 2.4. Work on the MSL line. {{{2
+  " --------------------------
+  let indent_callback_names = [
+        \ 's:PreviousNotMSL',
+        \ 's:IndentingKeywordInMSL',
+        \ 's:ContinuedHangingOperator',
+        \ ]
+
+  " Most Significant line based on the previous one -- in case it's a
+  " contination of something above
+  let indent_info.plnum_msl = s:GetMSL(indent_info.plnum)
+
+  for callback_name in indent_callback_names
+"    Decho "Running: ".callback_name
+    let indent = call(function(callback_name), [indent_info])
+
+    if indent >= 0
+"      Decho "Match: ".callback_name." indent=".indent." info=".string(indent_info)
+      return indent
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  " }}}2
+
+  " By default, just return the previous line's indent
+"  Decho "Default case matched"
+  return indent(indent_info.plnum)
+endfunction
+
+" 3. Indenting Logic Callbacks {{{1
+" ============================
+
+function! s:AccessModifier(cline_info) abort
+  let info = a:cline_info
+
+  " If this line is an access modifier keyword, align according to the closest
+  " class declaration.
+  if g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'indent'
+    if s:Match(info.clnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
+      let class_lnum = s:FindContainingClass()
+      if class_lnum > 0
+        return indent(class_lnum) + info.sw
+      endif
+    endif
+  elseif g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'outdent'
+    if s:Match(info.clnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
+      let class_lnum = s:FindContainingClass()
+      if class_lnum > 0
+        return indent(class_lnum)
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:ClosingBracketOnEmptyLine(cline_info) abort
+  let info = a:cline_info
+
+  " If we got a closing bracket on an empty line, find its match and indent
+  " according to it.  For parentheses we indent to its column - 1, for the
+  " others we indent to the containing line's MSL's level.  Return -1 if fail.
+  let col = matchend(info.cline, '^\s*[]})]')
+
+  if col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(info.clnum, col)
+    call cursor(info.clnum, col)
+    let closing_bracket = info.cline[col - 1]
+    let bracket_pair = strpart('(){}[]', stridx(')}]', closing_bracket) * 2, 2)
+
+    if searchpair(escape(bracket_pair[0], '\['), '', bracket_pair[1], 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+      if closing_bracket == ')' && col('.') != col('$') - 1
+        let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+      elseif g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
+        let ind = indent(line('.'))
+      else " g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'expression'
+        let ind = indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:BlockComment(cline_info) abort
+  " If we have a =begin or =end set indent to first column.
+  if match(a:cline_info.cline, '^\s*\%(=begin\|=end\)$') != -1
+    return 0
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:DeindentingKeyword(cline_info) abort
+  let info = a:cline_info
+
+  " If we have a deindenting keyword, find its match and indent to its level.
+  " TODO: this is messy
+  if s:Match(info.clnum, s:ruby_deindent_keywords)
+    call cursor(info.clnum, 1)
+
+    if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
+          \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
+      let msl  = s:GetMSL(line('.'))
+      let line = getline(line('.'))
+
+      if s:IsAssignment(line, col('.')) &&
+            \ strpart(line, col('.') - 1, 2) !~ 'do'
+        " assignment to case/begin/etc, on the same line
+        if g:ruby_indent_assignment_style == 'hanging'
+          " hanging indent
+          let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+        else
+          " align with variable
+          let ind = indent(line('.'))
+        endif
+      elseif g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
+        " align to line of the "do", not to the MSL
+        let ind = indent(line('.'))
+      elseif getline(msl) =~ '=\s*\(#.*\)\=$'
+        " in the case of assignment to the MSL, align to the starting line,
+        " not to the MSL
+        let ind = indent(line('.'))
+      else
+        " align to the MSL
+        let ind = indent(msl)
+      endif
+    endif
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:MultilineStringOrLineComment(cline_info) abort
+  let info = a:cline_info
+
+  " If we are in a multi-line string or line-comment, don't do anything to it.
+  if s:IsInStringOrDocumentation(info.clnum, matchend(info.cline, '^\s*') + 1)
+    return indent(info.clnum)
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:ClosingHeredocDelimiter(cline_info) abort
+  let info = a:cline_info
+
+  " If we are at the closing delimiter of a "<<" heredoc-style string, set the
+  " indent to 0.
+  if info.cline =~ '^\k\+\s*$'
+        \ && s:IsInStringDelimiter(info.clnum, 1)
+        \ && search('\V<<'.info.cline, 'nbW') > 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:LeadingOperator(cline_info) abort
+  " If the current line starts with a leading operator, add a level of indent.
+  if s:Match(a:cline_info.clnum, s:leading_operator_regex)
+    return indent(s:GetMSL(a:cline_info.clnum)) + a:cline_info.sw
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:EmptyInsideString(pline_info) abort
+  " If the line is empty and inside a string (the previous line is a string,
+  " too), use the previous line's indent
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  let plnum = prevnonblank(info.clnum - 1)
+  let pline = getline(plnum)
+
+  if info.cline =~ '^\s*$'
+        \ && s:IsInStringOrComment(plnum, 1)
+        \ && s:IsInStringOrComment(plnum, strlen(pline))
+    return indent(plnum)
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:StartOfFile(pline_info) abort
+  " At the start of the file use zero indent.
+  if a:pline_info.plnum == 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterAccessModifier(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  if g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'indent'
+    " If the previous line was a private/protected keyword, add a
+    " level of indent.
+    if s:Match(info.plnum, s:indent_access_modifier_regex)
+      return indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+    endif
+  elseif g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'outdent'
+    " If the previous line was a private/protected/public keyword, add
+    " a level of indent, since the keyword has been out-dented.
+    if s:Match(info.plnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
+      return indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+    endif
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+" Example:
+"
+"   if foo || bar ||
+"       baz || bing
+"     puts "foo"
+"   end
+"
+function! s:ContinuedLine(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  let col = s:Match(info.plnum, s:ruby_indent_keywords)
+  if s:Match(info.plnum, s:continuable_regex) &&
+        \ s:Match(info.plnum, s:continuation_regex)
+    if col > 0 && s:IsAssignment(info.pline, col)
+      if g:ruby_indent_assignment_style == 'hanging'
+        " hanging indent
+        let ind = col - 1
+      else
+        " align with variable
+        let ind = indent(info.plnum)
+      endif
+    else
+      let ind = indent(s:GetMSL(info.plnum))
+    endif
+    return ind + info.sw + info.sw
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterBlockOpening(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
+  if s:Match(info.plnum, s:block_regex)
+    if g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
+      " don't align to the msl, align to the "do"
+      let ind = indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+    else
+      let plnum_msl = s:GetMSL(info.plnum)
+
+      if getline(plnum_msl) =~ '=\s*\(#.*\)\=$'
+        " in the case of assignment to the msl, align to the starting line,
+        " not to the msl
+        let ind = indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+      else
+        let ind = indent(plnum_msl) + info.sw
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterLeadingOperator(pline_info) abort
+  " If the previous line started with a leading operator, use its MSL's level
+  " of indent
+  if s:Match(a:pline_info.plnum, s:leading_operator_regex)
+    return indent(s:GetMSL(a:pline_info.plnum))
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterHangingSplat(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  " If the previous line ended with the "*" of a splat, add a level of indent
+  if info.pline =~ s:splat_regex
+    return indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterUnbalancedBracket(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  " If the previous line contained unclosed opening brackets and we are still
+  " in them, find the rightmost one and add indent depending on the bracket
+  " type.
+  "
+  " If it contained hanging closing brackets, find the rightmost one, find its
+  " match and indent according to that.
+  if info.pline =~ '[[({]' || info.pline =~ '[])}]\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+    let [opening, closing] = s:ExtraBrackets(info.plnum)
+
+    if opening.pos != -1
+      if opening.type == '(' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+        if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
+          return indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+        else
+          return virtcol('.')
+        endif
+      else
+        let nonspace = matchend(info.pline, '\S', opening.pos + 1) - 1
+        return nonspace > 0 ? nonspace : indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+      endif
+    elseif closing.pos != -1
+      call cursor(info.plnum, closing.pos + 1)
+      normal! %
+
+      if s:Match(line('.'), s:ruby_indent_keywords)
+        return indent('.') + info.sw
+      else
+        return indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
+      endif
+    else
+      call cursor(info.clnum, info.col)
+    end
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterEndKeyword(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+  " If the previous line ended with an "end", match that "end"s beginning's
+  " indent.
+  let col = s:Match(info.plnum, '\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\<end\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$')
+  if col > 0
+    call cursor(info.plnum, col)
+    if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, '', s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
+          \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
+      let n = line('.')
+      let ind = indent('.')
+      let msl = s:GetMSL(n)
+      if msl != n
+        let ind = indent(msl)
+      end
+      return ind
+    endif
+  end
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterIndentKeyword(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+  let col = s:Match(info.plnum, s:ruby_indent_keywords)
+
+  if col > 0
+    call cursor(info.plnum, col)
+    let ind = virtcol('.') - 1 + info.sw
+    " TODO: make this better (we need to count them) (or, if a searchpair
+    " fails, we know that something is lacking an end and thus we indent a
+    " level
+    if s:Match(info.plnum, s:end_end_regex)
+      let ind = indent('.')
+    elseif s:IsAssignment(info.pline, col)
+      if g:ruby_indent_assignment_style == 'hanging'
+        " hanging indent
+        let ind = col + info.sw - 1
+      else
+        " align with variable
+        let ind = indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+      endif
+    endif
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:PreviousNotMSL(msl_info) abort
+  let info = a:msl_info
+
+  " If the previous line wasn't a MSL
+  if info.plnum != info.plnum_msl
+    " If previous line ends bracket and begins non-bracket continuation decrease indent by 1.
+    if s:Match(info.plnum, s:bracket_switch_continuation_regex)
+      " TODO (2016-10-07) Wrong/unused? How could it be "1"?
+      return indent(info.plnum) - 1
+      " If previous line is a continuation return its indent.
+      " TODO: the || s:IsInString() thing worries me a bit.
+    elseif s:Match(info.plnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) || s:IsInString(info.plnum, strlen(line))
+      return indent(info.plnum)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:IndentingKeywordInMSL(msl_info) abort
+  let info = a:msl_info
+  " If the MSL line had an indenting keyword in it, add a level of indent.
+  " TODO: this does not take into account contrived things such as
+  " module Foo; class Bar; end
+  let col = s:Match(info.plnum_msl, s:ruby_indent_keywords)
+  if col > 0
+    let ind = indent(info.plnum_msl) + info.sw
+    if s:Match(info.plnum_msl, s:end_end_regex)
+      let ind = ind - info.sw
+    elseif s:IsAssignment(getline(info.plnum_msl), col)
+      if g:ruby_indent_assignment_style == 'hanging'
+        " hanging indent
+        let ind = col + info.sw - 1
+      else
+        " align with variable
+        let ind = indent(info.plnum_msl) + info.sw
+      endif
+    endif
+    return ind
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:ContinuedHangingOperator(msl_info) abort
+  let info = a:msl_info
+
+  " If the previous line ended with [*+/.,-=], but wasn't a block ending or a
+  " closing bracket, indent one extra level.
+  if s:Match(info.plnum_msl, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) && !s:Match(info.plnum_msl, '^\s*\([\])}]\|end\)')
+    if info.plnum_msl == info.plnum
+      let ind = indent(info.plnum_msl) + info.sw
+    else
+      let ind = indent(info.plnum_msl)
+    endif
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+" 4. Auxiliary Functions {{{1
 " ======================
 
+function! s:IsInRubyGroup(groups, lnum, col) abort
+  let ids = map(copy(a:groups), 'hlID("ruby".v:val)')
+  return index(ids, synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1)) >= 0
+endfunction
+
 " Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string, comment, or is ascii.
-function s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col)
-  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_strcom
+function! s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col) abort
+  return s:IsInRubyGroup(s:syng_strcom, a:lnum, a:col)
 endfunction
 
 " Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string.
-function s:IsInString(lnum, col)
-  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_string
+function! s:IsInString(lnum, col) abort
+  return s:IsInRubyGroup(s:syng_string, a:lnum, a:col)
 endfunction
 
 " Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string or documentation.
-function s:IsInStringOrDocumentation(lnum, col)
-  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_stringdoc
+function! s:IsInStringOrDocumentation(lnum, col) abort
+  return s:IsInRubyGroup(s:syng_stringdoc, a:lnum, a:col)
 endfunction
 
 " Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string delimiter
-function s:IsInStringDelimiter(lnum, col)
-  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') == 'rubyStringDelimiter'
+function! s:IsInStringDelimiter(lnum, col) abort
+  return s:IsInRubyGroup(['StringDelimiter'], a:lnum, a:col)
+endfunction
+
+function! s:IsAssignment(str, pos) abort
+  return strpart(a:str, 0, a:pos - 1) =~ '=\s*$'
 endfunction
 
 " Find line above 'lnum' that isn't empty, in a comment, or in a string.
-function s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum)
+function! s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum) abort
   let in_block = 0
   let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
   while lnum > 0
@@ -191,10 +728,9 @@ function s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum)
 endfunction
 
 " Find line above 'lnum' that started the continuation 'lnum' may be part of.
-function s:GetMSL(lnum)
+function! s:GetMSL(lnum) abort
   " Start on the line we're at and use its indent.
   let msl = a:lnum
-  let msl_body = getline(msl)
   let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(a:lnum - 1)
   while lnum > 0
     " If we have a continuation line, or we're in a string, use line as MSL.
@@ -291,14 +827,13 @@ function s:GetMSL(lnum)
       endif
     endif
 
-    let msl_body = getline(msl)
     let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum - 1)
   endwhile
   return msl
 endfunction
 
 " Check if line 'lnum' has more opening brackets than closing ones.
-function s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
+function! s:ExtraBrackets(lnum) abort
   let opening = {'parentheses': [], 'braces': [], 'brackets': []}
   let closing = {'parentheses': [], 'braces': [], 'brackets': []}
 
@@ -360,7 +895,7 @@ function s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
   return [rightmost_opening, rightmost_closing]
 endfunction
 
-function s:Match(lnum, regex)
+function! s:Match(lnum, regex) abort
   let line   = getline(a:lnum)
   let offset = match(line, '\C'.a:regex)
   let col    = offset + 1
@@ -380,7 +915,7 @@ endfunction
 " Locates the containing class/module's definition line, ignoring nested classes
 " along the way.
 "
-function! s:FindContainingClass()
+function! s:FindContainingClass() abort
   let saved_position = getpos('.')
 
   while searchpair(s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
@@ -396,297 +931,6 @@ function! s:FindContainingClass()
   return 0
 endfunction
 
-" 3. GetRubyIndent Function {{{1
-" =========================
-
-function GetRubyIndent(...)
-  " 3.1. Setup {{{2
-  " ----------
-
-  " The value of a single shift-width
-  let sw = shiftwidth()
-
-  " For the current line, use the first argument if given, else v:lnum
-  let clnum = a:0 ? a:1 : v:lnum
-
-  " Set up variables for restoring position in file.  Could use clnum here.
-  let vcol = col('.')
-
-  " 3.2. Work on the current line {{{2
-  " -----------------------------
-
-  " Get the current line.
-  let line = getline(clnum)
-  let ind = -1
-
-  " If this line is an access modifier keyword, align according to the closest
-  " class declaration.
-  if g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'indent'
-    if s:Match(clnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
-      let class_line = s:FindContainingClass()
-      if class_line > 0
-        return indent(class_line) + sw
-      endif
-    endif
-  elseif g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'outdent'
-    if s:Match(clnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
-      let class_line = s:FindContainingClass()
-      if class_line > 0
-        return indent(class_line)
-      endif
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  " If we got a closing bracket on an empty line, find its match and indent
-  " according to it.  For parentheses we indent to its column - 1, for the
-  " others we indent to the containing line's MSL's level.  Return -1 if fail.
-  let col = matchend(line, '^\s*[]})]')
-  if col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(clnum, col)
-    call cursor(clnum, col)
-    let bs = strpart('(){}[]', stridx(')}]', line[col - 1]) * 2, 2)
-    if searchpair(escape(bs[0], '\['), '', bs[1], 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
-      if line[col-1]==')' && col('.') != col('$') - 1
-        let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
-      elseif g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
-        let ind = indent(line('.'))
-      else " g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'expression'
-        let ind = indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
-      endif
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " If we have a =begin or =end set indent to first column.
-  if match(line, '^\s*\%(=begin\|=end\)$') != -1
-    return 0
-  endif
-
-  " If we have a deindenting keyword, find its match and indent to its level.
-  " TODO: this is messy
-  if s:Match(clnum, s:ruby_deindent_keywords)
-    call cursor(clnum, 1)
-    if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
-          \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
-      let msl  = s:GetMSL(line('.'))
-      let line = getline(line('.'))
-
-      if strpart(line, 0, col('.') - 1) =~ '=\s*$' &&
-            \ strpart(line, col('.') - 1, 2) !~ 'do'
-        " assignment to case/begin/etc, on the same line, hanging indent
-        let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
-      elseif g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
-        " align to line of the "do", not to the MSL
-        let ind = indent(line('.'))
-      elseif getline(msl) =~ '=\s*\(#.*\)\=$'
-        " in the case of assignment to the MSL, align to the starting line,
-        " not to the MSL
-        let ind = indent(line('.'))
-      else
-        " align to the MSL
-        let ind = indent(msl)
-      endif
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " If we are in a multi-line string or line-comment, don't do anything to it.
-  if s:IsInStringOrDocumentation(clnum, matchend(line, '^\s*') + 1)
-    return indent('.')
-  endif
-
-  " If we are at the closing delimiter of a "<<" heredoc-style string, set the
-  " indent to 0.
-  if line =~ '^\k\+\s*$'
-        \ && s:IsInStringDelimiter(clnum, 1)
-        \ && search('\V<<'.line, 'nbW') > 0
-    return 0
-  endif
-
-  " If the current line starts with a leading operator, add a level of indent.
-  if s:Match(clnum, s:leading_operator_regex)
-    return indent(s:GetMSL(clnum)) + sw
-  endif
-
-  " 3.3. Work on the previous line. {{{2
-  " -------------------------------
-
-  " Find a non-blank, non-multi-line string line above the current line.
-  let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(clnum - 1)
-
-  " If the line is empty and inside a string, use the previous line.
-  if line =~ '^\s*$' && lnum != prevnonblank(clnum - 1)
-    return indent(prevnonblank(clnum))
-  endif
-
-  " At the start of the file use zero indent.
-  if lnum == 0
-    return 0
-  endif
-
-  " Set up variables for the previous line.
-  let line = getline(lnum)
-  let ind = indent(lnum)
-
-  if g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'indent'
-    " If the previous line was a private/protected keyword, add a
-    " level of indent.
-    if s:Match(lnum, s:indent_access_modifier_regex)
-      return indent(lnum) + sw
-    endif
-  elseif g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'outdent'
-    " If the previous line was a private/protected/public keyword, add
-    " a level of indent, since the keyword has been out-dented.
-    if s:Match(lnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
-      return indent(lnum) + sw
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  if s:Match(lnum, s:continuable_regex) && s:Match(lnum, s:continuation_regex)
-    return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum)) + sw + sw
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
-  if s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex)
-    let msl = s:GetMSL(lnum)
-
-    if g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
-      " don't align to the msl, align to the "do"
-      let ind = indent(lnum) + sw
-    elseif getline(msl) =~ '=\s*\(#.*\)\=$'
-      " in the case of assignment to the msl, align to the starting line,
-      " not to the msl
-      let ind = indent(lnum) + sw
-    else
-      let ind = indent(msl) + sw
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line started with a leading operator, use its MSL's level
-  " of indent
-  if s:Match(lnum, s:leading_operator_regex)
-    return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum))
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line ended with the "*" of a splat, add a level of indent
-  if line =~ s:splat_regex
-    return indent(lnum) + sw
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line contained unclosed opening brackets and we are still
-  " in them, find the rightmost one and add indent depending on the bracket
-  " type.
-  "
-  " If it contained hanging closing brackets, find the rightmost one, find its
-  " match and indent according to that.
-  if line =~ '[[({]' || line =~ '[])}]\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
-    let [opening, closing] = s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
-
-    if opening.pos != -1
-      if opening.type == '(' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
-        if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
-          return ind + sw
-        else
-          return virtcol('.')
-        endif
-      else
-        let nonspace = matchend(line, '\S', opening.pos + 1) - 1
-        return nonspace > 0 ? nonspace : ind + sw
-      endif
-    elseif closing.pos != -1
-      call cursor(lnum, closing.pos + 1)
-      normal! %
-
-      if s:Match(line('.'), s:ruby_indent_keywords)
-        return indent('.') + sw
-      else
-        return indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
-      endif
-    else
-      call cursor(clnum, vcol)
-    end
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line ended with an "end", match that "end"s beginning's
-  " indent.
-  let col = s:Match(lnum, '\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\<end\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$')
-  if col > 0
-    call cursor(lnum, col)
-    if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, '', s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
-          \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
-      let n = line('.')
-      let ind = indent('.')
-      let msl = s:GetMSL(n)
-      if msl != n
-        let ind = indent(msl)
-      end
-      return ind
-    endif
-  end
-
-  let col = s:Match(lnum, s:ruby_indent_keywords)
-  if col > 0
-    call cursor(lnum, col)
-    let ind = virtcol('.') - 1 + sw
-    " TODO: make this better (we need to count them) (or, if a searchpair
-    " fails, we know that something is lacking an end and thus we indent a
-    " level
-    if s:Match(lnum, s:end_end_regex)
-      let ind = indent('.')
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " 3.4. Work on the MSL line. {{{2
-  " --------------------------
-
-  " Set up variables to use and search for MSL to the previous line.
-  let p_lnum = lnum
-  let lnum = s:GetMSL(lnum)
-
-  " If the previous line wasn't a MSL.
-  if p_lnum != lnum
-    " If previous line ends bracket and begins non-bracket continuation decrease indent by 1.
-    if s:Match(p_lnum, s:bracket_switch_continuation_regex)
-      return ind - 1
-    " If previous line is a continuation return its indent.
-    " TODO: the || s:IsInString() thing worries me a bit.
-    elseif s:Match(p_lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) || s:IsInString(p_lnum,strlen(line))
-      return ind
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  " Set up more variables, now that we know we wasn't continuation bound.
-  let line = getline(lnum)
-  let msl_ind = indent(lnum)
-
-  " If the MSL line had an indenting keyword in it, add a level of indent.
-  " TODO: this does not take into account contrived things such as
-  " module Foo; class Bar; end
-  if s:Match(lnum, s:ruby_indent_keywords)
-    let ind = msl_ind + sw
-    if s:Match(lnum, s:end_end_regex)
-      let ind = ind - sw
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line ended with [*+/.,-=], but wasn't a block ending or a
-  " closing bracket, indent one extra level.
-  if s:Match(lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) && !s:Match(lnum, '^\s*\([\])}]\|end\)')
-    if lnum == p_lnum
-      let ind = msl_ind + sw
-    else
-      let ind = msl_ind
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " }}}2
-
-  return ind
-endfunction
-
 " }}}1
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/sh.vim

@@ -3,10 +3,11 @@
 " Maintainer:          Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Original Author:     Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Previous Maintainer: Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
-" Latest Revision:     2018-03-26
+" Latest Revision:     2019-02-02
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent
 " Changelog:
+"          20190201  - Better check for closing if sections
 "          20180724  - make check for zsh syntax more rigid (needs word-boundaries)
 "          20180326  - better support for line continuation
 "          20180325  - better detection of function definitions
@@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ function! s:indent_value(option)
 endfunction
 
 function! GetShIndent()
+  let curline = getline(v:lnum)
   let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
   if lnum == 0
     return 0
@@ -72,7 +74,7 @@ function! GetShIndent()
   " Check contents of previous lines
   if line =~ '^\s*\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>' ||
         \  (&ft is# 'zsh' && line =~ '\<\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>')
-    if line !~ '\<\%(fi\|esac\|done\|end\)\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+    if !s:is_end_expression(line)
       let ind += s:indent_value('default')
     endif
   elseif s:is_case_label(line, pnum)
@@ -90,7 +92,10 @@ function! GetShIndent()
     endif
   elseif s:end_block(line) && !s:start_block(line)
     let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
-  elseif pnum != 0 && s:is_continuation_line(pline) && !s:end_block(getline(v:lnum))
+  elseif pnum != 0 &&
+        \ s:is_continuation_line(pline) &&
+        \ !s:end_block(curline) &&
+        \ !s:is_end_expression(curline)
     " only add indent, if line and pline is in the same block
     let i = v:lnum
     let ind2 = indent(s:find_continued_lnum(pnum))
@@ -106,8 +111,15 @@ function! GetShIndent()
 
   let pine = line
   " Check content of current line
-  let line = getline(v:lnum)
-  if line =~ '^\s*\%(then\|do\|else\|elif\|fi\|done\|end\)\>' || s:end_block(line)
+  let line = curline
+  " Current line is a endif line, so get indent from start of "if condition" line
+  " TODO: should we do the same for other "end" lines?
+  if curline =~ '^\s*\%(fi\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+    let previous_line = search('if.\{-\};\s*then\s*\%(#.*\)\=$', 'bnW')
+    if previous_line > 0
+      let ind = indent(previous_line)
+    endif
+  elseif line =~ '^\s*\%(then\|do\|else\|elif\|done\|end\)\>' || s:end_block(line)
     let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
   elseif line =~ '^\s*esac\>' && s:is_case_empty(getline(v:lnum - 1))
     let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
@@ -210,8 +222,8 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:is_here_doc(line)
     if a:line =~ '^\w\+$'
-	let here_pat = '<<-\?'. s:escape(a:line). '\$'
-	return search(here_pat, 'bnW') > 0
+      let here_pat = '<<-\?'. s:escape(a:line). '\$'
+      return search(here_pat, 'bnW') > 0
     endif
     return 0
 endfunction
@@ -256,5 +268,9 @@ function! s:is_comment(line)
   return a:line =~ '^\s*#'
 endfunction
 
+function! s:is_end_expression(line)
+  return a:line =~ '\<\%(fi\|esac\|done\|end\)\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+endfunction
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/xml.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
 "     Language: xml
 "   Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
-" Last Changed: Dec 07th, 2018
+" Last Changed: Jan 28, 2019
 "   Maintainer: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Previous Maintainer:  Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
 " Last Change:
+" 20190128 - Make sure to find previous tag
+"            https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin/issues/4
 " 20181116 - Fix indentation when tags start with a colon or an underscore
 "            https://github.com/vim/vim/pull/926
 " 20181022 - Do not overwrite indentkeys setting
@@ -88,15 +90,16 @@ endfun
 fun! XmlIndentGet(lnum, use_syntax_check)
     " Find a non-empty line above the current line.
     let plnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum - 1)
-    " Find previous line with a tag (regardless whether open or closed)
-    let ptag = search('.\{-}<[/:A-Z_a-z]', 'bnw')
-
     " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent.
     if plnum == 0
         return 0
     endif
-    let syn_name = ''
+    " Find previous line with a tag (regardless whether open or closed,
+    " but always start restrict the match to a line before the current one
+    let ptag_pattern = '\%(.\{-}<[/:A-Z_a-z]\)'. '\%(\&\%<'. line('.').'l\)'
+    let ptag = search(ptag_pattern, 'bnw')
 
+    let syn_name = ''
     if a:use_syntax_check
         let check_lnum = <SID>XmlIndentSynCheck(plnum)
         let check_alnum = <SID>XmlIndentSynCheck(a:lnum)

runtime/lang/menu_da.utf-8.vim

@@ -368,6 +368,95 @@ let g:menutrans_spell_change_ARG_to = 'Ændr\ "%s"\ til'
 let g:menutrans_spell_add_ARG_to_word_list = 'Tilføj\ "%s"\ til\ ordliste'
 let g:menutrans_spell_ignore_ARG = 'Ignorer "%s"'
 
+
+
+" Forsøg på at oversætte netrw-menuen
+menut Help<tab><F1>					Hjælp<tab><F1>
+" -Sep1-
+menut Go\ Up\ Directory<tab>-					Gå\ mappe\ op<tab>-
+menut Apply\ Special\ Viewer<tab>x					Anvend\ speciel\ fremviser<tab>x
+
+menut Bookmarks\ and\ History					Bogmærker\ og\ historik<tab>:echo "(disabled)"
+menut Bookmark\ Current\ Directory<tab>mb					Sæt\ bogmærke\ for\ nuværende\ mappe<tab>mb
+menut Goto\ Prev\ Dir\ (History)<tab>u					Gå\ til\ forrige\ mappe\ (historik)<tab>u
+menut Goto\ Next\ Dir\ (History)<tab>U					Gå\ til\ næste\ mappe\ (historik)<tab>U
+menut List<tab>qb					Oplist<tab>qb
+
+menut Browsing\ Control					Gennemgangskontol
+menut Horizontal\ Split<tab>o					Vandret\ opdeling<tab>o
+menut Vertical\ Split<tab>v					Lodret\ opdeling<tab>v
+menut New\ Tab<tab>t					Nyt\ faneblad<tab>t
+menut Preview<tab>p					Forhåndsvis<tab>p
+menut Edit\ File\ Hiding\ List<tab><ctrl-h>               Rediger\ liste\ til\ filskjulning
+menut Edit\ Sorting\ Sequence<tab>S					Rediger\ sorteringssekvens<tab>S
+menut Quick\ Hide/Unhide\ Dot\ Files<tab>gh					Hurtig\ skjul/vis\ punktum-filer<tab>gh
+menut Refresh\ Listing<tab><ctrl-l>							Genopfrisk\ oplistning<tab>\<c-l> ikke sikker det med \ er korrekt
+menut Settings/Options<tab>:NetrwSettings					Indstillinger/valgmuligheder<tab>
+
+menut Delete\ File/Directory<tab>D	Slet\ fil/mappe<tab>D
+
+menut Edit\ File/Dir					Rediger\ fil/mappe
+menut Create\ New\ File<tab>%					Opret\ ny\ fil<tab>%
+menut In\ Current\ Window<tab><cr>					I\ nuværende\ vindue<tab>
+menut Preview\ File/Directory<tab>p					Forhåndsvis\ fil/mappe<tab>p
+menut In\ Previous\ Window<tab>P					I\ forrige\ vindue<tab>P
+menut In\ New\ Window<tab>o					I\ nyt\ vindue<tab>o
+menut In\ New\ Tab<tab>t					I\ nyt\ faneblad<tab>t
+menut In\ New\ Vertical\ Window<tab>v					I\ nyt\ lodret\ vindue<tab>v
+
+menut Explore					Gennemse
+menut Directory\ Name					Mappenavn<tab>:Explore
+menut Filenames\ Matching\ Pattern\ (curdir\ only)<tab>:Explore\ */					test29<tab>:Explore */
+menut Filenames\ Matching\ Pattern\ (+subdirs)<tab>:Explore\ **/					test30<tab>:Explore **/
+menut Files\ Containing\ String\ Pattern\ (curdir\ only)<tab>:Explore\ *//					test31<tab>:Explore *//
+menut Files\ Containing\ String\ Pattern\ (+subdirs)<tab>:Explore\ **//					test32<tab>:Explore **//
+menut Next\ Match<tab>:Nexplore					Næste\ match<tab>:Nexplore<cr>
+menut Prev\ Match<tab>:Pexplore					Forrige\ match<tab>:Pexplore<cr>
+
+menut Make\ Subdirectory<tab>d					Opret\ undermappe<tab>d
+
+menut Marked\ Files					Mærkede\ filer
+menut Mark\ File<tab>mf					Mærk\ fil<tab>mf
+menut Mark\ Files\ by\ Regexp<tab>mr					Mærk\ filer\ efter\ regulært\ udtrk<tab>mr
+menut Hide-Show-List\ Control<tab>a					test38<tab>a
+menut Copy\ To\ Target<tab>mc					Kopiér\ til\ mål<tab>mc
+menut Delete<tab>D					Slet<tab>D
+menut Diff<tab>md					Diff<tab>md
+menut Edit<tab>me					Rediger<tab>me
+menut Exe\ Cmd<tab>mx					test43<tab>mx
+menut Move\ To\ Target<tab>mm					Flyt\ til\ mål<tab>mm
+menut Obtain<tab>O					Indhent<tab>O
+menut Print<tab>mp					Udskriv<tab>mp
+menut Replace<tab>R					Erstat<tab>R
+menut Set\ Target<tab>mt					Sæt\ mål<tab>mt
+menut Tag<tab>mT					test49<tab>mT
+menut Zip/Unzip/Compress/Uncompress<tab>mz					Zip/unzip/komprimér/udpak<tab>mz
+
+menut Obtain\ File<tab>O					Indhent\ fil<tab>O
+
+menut Style					Stile
+menut Listing				Oplisting
+menut thin<tab>i	tynd
+menut long<tab>i	lang
+menut wide<tab>i	bred
+menut tree<tab>i	træ
+menut Normal-Hide-Show					Normal-skjul-vis
+menut Show\ All<tab>a					Vis\ alle<tab>
+menut Normal<tab>a					Normal<tab>
+menut Hidden\ Only<tab>a					Kun\ skulte<tab>
+menut Reverse\ Sorting\ Order<tab>         Omvendt\ sorteringsrækkefølge
+menut Sorting\ Method					Sorteringsmetode
+menut Name<tab>s       Navn
+menut Time<tab>s       Tidspunkt
+menut Size<tab>s       Størrelse
+menut Exten<tab>s      Endelse
+menut Rename\ File/Directory<tab>R	Omdøb\ fil/mappe<tab>R
+menut Set\ Current\ Directory<tab>c	Sæt\ nuværende\ mappe<tab>c
+
+menut History					Historik
+
+menut Targets					Mål
+
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
 

runtime/menu.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " You can also use this as a start for your own set of menus.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2018 May 17
+" Last Change:	2019 Jan 27
 
 " Note that ":an" (short for ":anoremenu") is often used to make a menu work
 " in all modes and avoid side effects from mappings defined by the user.
@@ -856,17 +856,15 @@ an 70.300 &Window.&New<Tab>^Wn			<C-W>n
 an 70.310 &Window.S&plit<Tab>^Ws		<C-W>s
 an 70.320 &Window.Sp&lit\ To\ #<Tab>^W^^	<C-W><C-^>
 an 70.330 &Window.Split\ &Vertically<Tab>^Wv	<C-W>v
-if has("vertsplit")
-  an <silent> 70.332 &Window.Split\ File\ E&xplorer	:call MenuExplOpen()<CR>
-  if !exists("*MenuExplOpen")
-    fun MenuExplOpen()
-      if @% == ""
-	20vsp .
-      else
-	exe "20vsp " . s:FnameEscape(expand("%:p:h"))
-      endif
-    endfun
-  endif
+an <silent> 70.332 &Window.Split\ File\ E&xplorer	:call MenuExplOpen()<CR>
+if !exists("*MenuExplOpen")
+  fun MenuExplOpen()
+    if @% == ""
+      20vsp .
+    else
+      exe "20vsp " . s:FnameEscape(expand("%:p:h"))
+    endif
+  endfun
 endif
 an 70.335 &Window.-SEP1-				<Nop>
 an 70.340 &Window.&Close<Tab>^Wc			:confirm close<CR>

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2018 May 15
+" Last Change:	2019 Feb 08
 
 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
 let buf = bufnr('option-window')
@@ -395,11 +395,9 @@ endif
 call <SID>Header("syntax, highlighting and spelling")
 call append("$", "background\t\"dark\" or \"light\"; the background color brightness")
 call <SID>OptionG("bg", &bg)
-if has("autocmd")
-  call append("$", "filetype\ttype of file; triggers the FileType event when set")
-  call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
-  call <SID>OptionL("ft")
-endif
+call append("$", "filetype\ttype of file; triggers the FileType event when set")
+call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
+call <SID>OptionL("ft")
 if has("syntax")
   call append("$", "syntax\tname of syntax highlighting used")
   call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
@@ -454,10 +452,8 @@ if has("statusline")
 endif
 call append("$", "equalalways\tmake all windows the same size when adding/removing windows")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("ea", &ea)
-if has("vertsplit")
-  call append("$", "eadirection\tin which direction 'equalalways' works: \"ver\", \"hor\" or \"both\"")
-  call <SID>OptionG("ead", &ead)
-endif
+call append("$", "eadirection\tin which direction 'equalalways' works: \"ver\", \"hor\" or \"both\"")
+call <SID>OptionG("ead", &ead)
 call append("$", "winheight\tminimal number of lines used for the current window")
 call append("$", " \tset wh=" . &wh)
 call append("$", "winminheight\tminimal number of lines used for any window")
@@ -465,15 +461,13 @@ call append("$", " \tset wmh=" . &wmh)
 call append("$", "winfixheight\tkeep the height of the window")
 call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
 call <SID>BinOptionL("wfh")
-if has("vertsplit")
 call append("$", "winfixwidth\tkeep the width of the window")
 call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
 call <SID>BinOptionL("wfw")
-  call append("$", "winwidth\tminimal number of columns used for the current window")
-  call append("$", " \tset wiw=" . &wiw)
-  call append("$", "winminwidth\tminimal number of columns used for any window")
-  call append("$", " \tset wmw=" . &wmw)
-endif
+call append("$", "winwidth\tminimal number of columns used for the current window")
+call append("$", " \tset wiw=" . &wiw)
+call append("$", "winminwidth\tminimal number of columns used for any window")
+call append("$", " \tset wmw=" . &wmw)
 call append("$", "helpheight\tinitial height of the help window")
 call append("$", " \tset hh=" . &hh)
 if has("quickfix")
@@ -490,22 +484,16 @@ call append("$", "\tto a buffer")
 call <SID>OptionG("swb", &swb)
 call append("$", "splitbelow\ta new window is put below the current one")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("sb", &sb)
-if has("vertsplit")
-  call append("$", "splitright\ta new window is put right of the current one")
-  call <SID>BinOptionG("spr", &spr)
-endif
-if has("scrollbind")
-  call append("$", "scrollbind\tthis window scrolls together with other bound windows")
-  call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
-  call <SID>BinOptionL("scb")
-  call append("$", "scrollopt\t\"ver\", \"hor\" and/or \"jump\"; list of options for 'scrollbind'")
-  call <SID>OptionG("sbo", &sbo)
-endif
-if has("cursorbind")
-  call append("$", "cursorbind\tthis window's cursor moves together with other bound windows")
-  call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
-  call <SID>BinOptionL("crb")
-endif
+call append("$", "splitright\ta new window is put right of the current one")
+call <SID>BinOptionG("spr", &spr)
+call append("$", "scrollbind\tthis window scrolls together with other bound windows")
+call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
+call <SID>BinOptionL("scb")
+call append("$", "scrollopt\t\"ver\", \"hor\" and/or \"jump\"; list of options for 'scrollbind'")
+call <SID>OptionG("sbo", &sbo)
+call append("$", "cursorbind\tthis window's cursor moves together with other bound windows")
+call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
+call <SID>BinOptionL("crb")
 if has("terminal")
   call append("$", "termwinsize\tsize of a terminal window")
   call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
@@ -515,6 +503,10 @@ if has("terminal")
   call <SID>OptionL("twk")
   call append("$", "termwinscroll\tmax number of lines to keep for scrollback in a terminal window")
   call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
+  if has('win32')
+    call append("$", "termwintype\ttype of pty to use for a terminal window")
+    call <SID>OptionG("twt", &twt)
+  endif
   call <SID>OptionL("twsl")
   if exists("&winptydll")
     call append("$", "winptydll\tname of the winpty dynamic library")
@@ -693,12 +685,10 @@ if has("printer")
     call append("$", "printencoding\tencoding used to print the PostScript file for :hardcopy")
     call <SID>OptionG("penc", &penc)
   endif
-  if has("multi_byte")
-    call append("$", "printmbcharset\tthe CJK character set to be used for CJK output from :hardcopy")
-    call <SID>OptionG("pmbcs", &pmbcs)
-    call append("$", "printmbfont\tlist of font names to be used for CJK output from :hardcopy")
-    call <SID>OptionG("pmbfn", &pmbfn)
-  endif
+  call append("$", "printmbcharset\tthe CJK character set to be used for CJK output from :hardcopy")
+  call <SID>OptionG("pmbcs", &pmbcs)
+  call append("$", "printmbfont\tlist of font names to be used for CJK output from :hardcopy")
+  call <SID>OptionG("pmbfn", &pmbfn)
 endif
 
 call <SID>Header("messages and info")
@@ -1004,11 +994,9 @@ call <SID>BinOptionL("eol")
 call append("$", "fixendofline\tfixes missing end-of-line at end of text file")
 call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
 call <SID>BinOptionL("fixeol")
-if has("multi_byte")
-  call append("$", "bomb\tprepend a Byte Order Mark to the file")
-  call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
-  call <SID>BinOptionL("bomb")
-endif
+call append("$", "bomb\tprepend a Byte Order Mark to the file")
+call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
+call <SID>BinOptionL("bomb")
 call append("$", "fileformat\tend-of-line format: \"dos\", \"unix\" or \"mac\"")
 call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
 call <SID>OptionL("ff")
@@ -1105,12 +1093,10 @@ if has("wildmenu")
   call append("$", "wildmenu\tcommand-line completion shows a list of matches")
   call <SID>BinOptionG("wmnu", &wmnu)
 endif
-if has("vertsplit")
-  call append("$", "cedit\tkey used to open the command-line window")
-  call <SID>OptionG("cedit", &cedit)
-  call append("$", "cmdwinheight\theight of the command-line window")
-  call <SID>OptionG("cwh", &cwh)
-endif
+call append("$", "cedit\tkey used to open the command-line window")
+call <SID>OptionG("cedit", &cedit)
+call append("$", "cmdwinheight\theight of the command-line window")
+call <SID>OptionG("cwh", &cwh)
 
 
 call <SID>Header("executing external commands")
@@ -1262,44 +1248,38 @@ if has("xim")
 endif
 
 
-if has("multi_byte")
-  call <SID>Header("multi-byte characters")
-  call append("$", "encoding\tcharacter encoding used in Vim: \"latin1\", \"utf-8\"")
-  call append("$", "\t\"euc-jp\", \"big5\", etc.")
-  call <SID>OptionG("enc", &enc)
-  call append("$", "fileencoding\tcharacter encoding for the current file")
-  call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
-  call <SID>OptionL("fenc")
-  call append("$", "fileencodings\tautomatically detected character encodings")
-  call <SID>OptionG("fencs", &fencs)
-  call append("$", "termencoding\tcharacter encoding used by the terminal")
-  call <SID>OptionG("tenc", &tenc)
-  call append("$", "charconvert\texpression used for character encoding conversion")
-  call <SID>OptionG("ccv", &ccv)
-  call append("$", "delcombine\tdelete combining (composing) characters on their own")
-  call <SID>BinOptionG("deco", &deco)
-  call append("$", "maxcombine\tmaximum number of combining (composing) characters displayed")
-  call <SID>OptionG("mco", &mco)
-  if has("xim") && has("gui_gtk")
-    call append("$", "imactivatekey\tkey that activates the X input method")
-    call <SID>OptionG("imak", &imak)
-  endif
-  call append("$", "ambiwidth\twidth of ambiguous width characters")
-  call <SID>OptionG("ambw", &ambw)
-  call append("$", "emoji\temoji characters are full width")
-  call <SID>BinOptionG("emo", &emo)
+call <SID>Header("multi-byte characters")
+call append("$", "encoding\tcharacter encoding used in Vim: \"latin1\", \"utf-8\"")
+call append("$", "\t\"euc-jp\", \"big5\", etc.")
+call <SID>OptionG("enc", &enc)
+call append("$", "fileencoding\tcharacter encoding for the current file")
+call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
+call <SID>OptionL("fenc")
+call append("$", "fileencodings\tautomatically detected character encodings")
+call <SID>OptionG("fencs", &fencs)
+call append("$", "termencoding\tcharacter encoding used by the terminal")
+call <SID>OptionG("tenc", &tenc)
+call append("$", "charconvert\texpression used for character encoding conversion")
+call <SID>OptionG("ccv", &ccv)
+call append("$", "delcombine\tdelete combining (composing) characters on their own")
+call <SID>BinOptionG("deco", &deco)
+call append("$", "maxcombine\tmaximum number of combining (composing) characters displayed")
+call <SID>OptionG("mco", &mco)
+if has("xim") && has("gui_gtk")
+  call append("$", "imactivatekey\tkey that activates the X input method")
+  call <SID>OptionG("imak", &imak)
 endif
+call append("$", "ambiwidth\twidth of ambiguous width characters")
+call <SID>OptionG("ambw", &ambw)
+call append("$", "emoji\temoji characters are full width")
+call <SID>BinOptionG("emo", &emo)
 
 
 call <SID>Header("various")
-if has("virtualedit")
-  call append("$", "virtualedit\twhen to use virtual editing: \"block\", \"insert\" and/or \"all\"")
-  call <SID>OptionG("ve", &ve)
-endif
-if has("autocmd")
-  call append("$", "eventignore\tlist of autocommand events which are to be ignored")
-  call <SID>OptionG("ei", &ei)
-endif
+call append("$", "virtualedit\twhen to use virtual editing: \"block\", \"insert\" and/or \"all\"")
+call <SID>OptionG("ve", &ve)
+call append("$", "eventignore\tlist of autocommand events which are to be ignored")
+call <SID>OptionG("ei", &ei)
 call append("$", "loadplugins\tload plugin scripts when starting up")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("lpl", &lpl)
 call append("$", "exrc\tenable reading .vimrc/.exrc/.gvimrc in the current directory")

runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/autoload/matchit.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+"  matchit.vim: (global plugin) Extended "%" matching
+"  autload script of matchit plugin, see ../plugin/matchit.vim
+"  Last Change: 2019 Jan 28
+
+let s:last_mps = ""
+let s:last_words = ":"
+let s:patBR = ""
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" Auto-complete mappings:  (not yet "ready for prime time")
+" TODO Read :help write-plugin for the "right" way to let the user
+" specify a key binding.
+"   let g:match_auto = '<C-]>'
+"   let g:match_autoCR = '<C-CR>'
+" if exists("g:match_auto")
+"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_auto . ' x<Esc>"=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>Pls'
+" endif
+" if exists("g:match_autoCR")
+"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_autoCR . ' <CR><C-R>=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>'
+" endif
+" if exists("g:match_gthhoh")
+"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_gthhoh . ' <C-O>:call <SID>Gthhoh()<CR>'
+" endif " gthhoh = "Get the heck out of here!"
+
+let s:notslash = '\\\@1<!\%(\\\\\)*'
+
+function s:RestoreOptions()
+  " In s:CleanUp(), :execute "set" restore_options .
+  let restore_options = ""
+  if get(b:, 'match_ignorecase', &ic) != &ic
+    let restore_options .= (&ic ? " " : " no") . "ignorecase"
+    let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
+  endif
+  if &ve != ''
+    let restore_options = " ve=" . &ve . restore_options
+    set ve=
+  endif
+  return restore_options
+endfunction
+
+function matchit#Match_wrapper(word, forward, mode) range
+  let restore_options = s:RestoreOptions()
+  " If this function was called from Visual mode, make sure that the cursor
+  " is at the correct end of the Visual range:
+  if a:mode == "v"
+    execute "normal! gv\<Esc>"
+  elseif a:mode == "o" && mode(1) !~# '[vV]'
+    exe "norm! v"
+  endif
+  " In s:CleanUp(), we may need to check whether the cursor moved forward.
+  let startpos = [line("."), col(".")]
+  " Use default behavior if called with a count.
+  if v:count
+    exe "normal! " . v:count . "%"
+    return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startpos)
+  end
+
+  " First step:  if not already done, set the script variables
+  "   s:do_BR   flag for whether there are backrefs
+  "   s:pat     parsed version of b:match_words
+  "   s:all     regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
+  if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
+    let match_words = ""
+  elseif b:match_words =~ ":"
+    let match_words = b:match_words
+  else
+    " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
+    execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
+  endif
+" Thanks to Preben "Peppe" Guldberg and Bram Moolenaar for this suggestion!
+  if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps)
+      \ || exists("b:match_debug")
+    let s:last_mps = &mps
+    " quote the special chars in 'matchpairs', replace [,:] with \| and then
+    " append the builtin pairs (/*, */, #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, #elif,
+    " #endif)
+    let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
+      \ '\/\*:\*\/,#\s*if\%(n\=def\)\=:#\s*else\>:#\s*elif\>:#\s*endif\>'
+    " s:all = pattern with all the keywords
+    let match_words = match_words . (strlen(match_words) ? "," : "") . default
+    let s:last_words = match_words
+    if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
+      let s:do_BR = 0
+      let s:pat = match_words
+    else
+      let s:do_BR = 1
+      let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
+    endif
+    let s:all = substitute(s:pat, s:notslash . '\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g')
+    " Just in case there are too many '\(...)' groups inside the pattern, make
+    " sure to use \%(...) groups, so that error E872 can be avoided
+    let s:all = substitute(s:all, '\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+    let s:all = '\%(' . s:all . '\)'
+    if exists("b:match_debug")
+      let b:match_pat = s:pat
+    endif
+    " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
+    let s:patBR = substitute(match_words.',',
+      \ s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
+    let s:patBR = substitute(s:patBR, s:notslash.'\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
+  endif
+
+  " Second step:  set the following local variables:
+  "     matchline = line on which the cursor started
+  "     curcol    = number of characters before match
+  "     prefix    = regexp for start of line to start of match
+  "     suffix    = regexp for end of match to end of line
+  " Require match to end on or after the cursor and prefer it to
+  " start on or before the cursor.
+  let matchline = getline(startpos[0])
+  if a:word != ''
+    " word given
+    if a:word !~ s:all
+      echohl WarningMsg|echo 'Missing rule for word:"'.a:word.'"'|echohl NONE
+      return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startpos)
+    endif
+    let matchline = a:word
+    let curcol = 0
+    let prefix = '^\%('
+    let suffix = '\)$'
+  " Now the case when "word" is not given
+  else  " Find the match that ends on or after the cursor and set curcol.
+    let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, startpos[1]-1)
+    let curcol = match(matchline, regexp)
+    " If there is no match, give up.
+    if curcol == -1
+      return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startpos)
+    endif
+    let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
+    let suf = strlen(matchline) - endcol
+    let prefix = (curcol ? '^.*\%'  . (curcol + 1) . 'c\%(' : '^\%(')
+    let suffix = (suf ? '\)\%' . (endcol + 1) . 'c.*$'  : '\)$')
+  endif
+  if exists("b:match_debug")
+    let b:match_match = matchstr(matchline, regexp)
+    let b:match_col = curcol+1
+  endif
+
+  " Third step:  Find the group and single word that match, and the original
+  " (backref) versions of these.  Then, resolve the backrefs.
+  " Set the following local variable:
+  " group = colon-separated list of patterns, one of which matches
+  "       = ini:mid:fin or ini:fin
+  "
+  " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
+  " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.  A bit of a kluge:  s:Choose() returns
+  " group . "," . groupBR, and we pick it apart.
+  let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, s:patBR)
+  let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
+  let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
+  let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
+  " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
+  if s:do_BR " Do the hard part:  resolve those backrefs!
+    let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
+  endif
+  if exists("b:match_debug")
+    let b:match_wholeBR = groupBR
+    let i = matchend(groupBR, s:notslash . ":")
+    let b:match_iniBR = strpart(groupBR, 0, i-1)
+  endif
+
+  " Fourth step:  Set the arguments for searchpair().
+  let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ":")
+  let j = matchend(group, '.*' . s:notslash . ":")
+  let ini = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
+  let mid = substitute(strpart(group, i,j-i-1), s:notslash.'\zs:', '\\|', 'g')
+  let fin = strpart(group, j)
+  "Un-escape the remaining , and : characters.
+  let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
+  let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
+  let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
+  " searchpair() requires that these patterns avoid \(\) groups.
+  let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+  let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+  let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+  " Set mid.  This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
+  if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
+    \ || !a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . ini . suffix
+    let mid = ""
+  endif
+  " Set flag.  This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
+  if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
+    \ || !a:forward && matchline !~ prefix . ini . suffix
+    let flag = "bW"
+  else
+    let flag = "W"
+  endif
+  " Set skip.
+  if exists("b:match_skip")
+    let skip = b:match_skip
+  elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
+    let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
+  else
+    let skip = 's:comment\|string'
+  endif
+  let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
+  if exists("b:match_debug")
+    let b:match_ini = ini
+    let b:match_tail = (strlen(mid) ? mid.'\|' : '') . fin
+  endif
+
+  " Fifth step:  actually start moving the cursor and call searchpair().
+  " Later, :execute restore_cursor to get to the original screen.
+  let view = winsaveview()
+  call cursor(0, curcol + 1)
+  if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
+    let skip = "0"
+  else
+    execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
+  endif
+  let sp_return = searchpair(ini, mid, fin, flag, skip)
+  let final_position = "call cursor(" . line(".") . "," . col(".") . ")"
+  " Restore cursor position and original screen.
+  call winrestview(view)
+  normal! m'
+  if sp_return > 0
+    execute final_position
+  endif
+  return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startpos, mid.'\|'.fin)
+endfun
+
+" Restore options and do some special handling for Operator-pending mode.
+" The optional argument is the tail of the matching group.
+fun! s:CleanUp(options, mode, startpos, ...)
+  if strlen(a:options)
+    execute "set" a:options
+  endif
+  " Open folds, if appropriate.
+  if a:mode != "o"
+    if &foldopen =~ "percent"
+      normal! zv
+    endif
+    " In Operator-pending mode, we want to include the whole match
+    " (for example, d%).
+    " This is only a problem if we end up moving in the forward direction.
+  elseif (a:startpos[0] < line(".")) ||
+        \ (a:startpos[0] == line(".") && a:startpos[1] < col("."))
+    if a:0
+      " Check whether the match is a single character.  If not, move to the
+      " end of the match.
+      let matchline = getline(".")
+      let currcol = col(".")
+      let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, a:1, currcol-1)
+      let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
+      if endcol > currcol  " This is NOT off by one!
+        call cursor(0, endcol)
+      endif
+    endif " a:0
+  endif " a:mode != "o" && etc.
+  return 0
+endfun
+
+" Example (simplified HTML patterns):  if
+"   a:groupBR   = '<\(\k\+\)>:</\1>'
+"   a:prefix    = '^.\{3}\('
+"   a:group     = '<\(\k\+\)>:</\(\k\+\)>'
+"   a:suffix    = '\).\{2}$'
+"   a:matchline =  "123<tag>12" or "123</tag>12"
+" then extract "tag" from a:matchline and return "<tag>:</tag>" .
+fun! s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
+  if a:matchline !~ a:prefix .
+    \ substitute(a:group, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\|', 'g') . a:suffix
+    return a:group
+  endif
+  let i = matchend(a:groupBR, s:notslash . ':')
+  let ini = strpart(a:groupBR, 0, i-1)
+  let tailBR = strpart(a:groupBR, i)
+  let word = s:Choose(a:group, a:matchline, ":", "", a:prefix, a:suffix,
+    \ a:groupBR)
+  let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . ":")
+  let wordBR = strpart(word, i)
+  let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1)
+  " Now, a:matchline =~ a:prefix . word . a:suffix
+  if wordBR != ini
+    let table = s:Resolve(ini, wordBR, "table")
+  else
+    let table = ""
+    let d = 0
+    while d < 10
+      if tailBR =~ s:notslash . '\\' . d
+        let table = table . d
+      else
+        let table = table . "-"
+      endif
+      let d = d + 1
+    endwhile
+  endif
+  let d = 9
+  while d
+    if table[d] != "-"
+      let backref = substitute(a:matchline, a:prefix.word.a:suffix,
+        \ '\'.table[d], "")
+        " Are there any other characters that should be escaped?
+      let backref = escape(backref, '*,:')
+      execute s:Ref(ini, d, "start", "len")
+      let ini = strpart(ini, 0, start) . backref . strpart(ini, start+len)
+      let tailBR = substitute(tailBR, s:notslash . '\zs\\' . d,
+        \ escape(backref, '\\&'), 'g')
+    endif
+    let d = d-1
+  endwhile
+  if exists("b:match_debug")
+    if s:do_BR
+      let b:match_table = table
+      let b:match_word = word
+    else
+      let b:match_table = ""
+      let b:match_word = ""
+    endif
+  endif
+  return ini . ":" . tailBR
+endfun
+
+" Input a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs, such as
+"   a:groups = '\(foo\):end\1,\(bar\):end\1'
+" and return a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs replaced:
+"   return '\(foo\):end\(foo\),\(bar\):end\(bar\)'
+fun! s:ParseWords(groups)
+  let groups = substitute(a:groups.",", s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
+  let groups = substitute(groups, s:notslash . '\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
+  let parsed = ""
+  while groups =~ '[^,:]'
+    let i = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ':')
+    let j = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ',')
+    let ini = strpart(groups, 0, i-1)
+    let tail = strpart(groups, i, j-i-1) . ":"
+    let groups = strpart(groups, j)
+    let parsed = parsed . ini
+    let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
+    while i != -1
+      " In 'if:else:endif', ini='if' and word='else' and then word='endif'.
+      let word = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
+      let tail = strpart(tail, i)
+      let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
+      let parsed = parsed . ":" . s:Resolve(ini, word, "word")
+    endwhile " Now, tail has been used up.
+    let parsed = parsed . ","
+  endwhile " groups =~ '[^,:]'
+  let parsed = substitute(parsed, ',$', '', '')
+  return parsed
+endfun
+
+" TODO I think this can be simplified and/or made more efficient.
+" TODO What should I do if a:start is out of range?
+" Return a regexp that matches all of a:string, such that
+" matchstr(a:string, regexp) represents the match for a:pat that starts
+" as close to a:start as possible, before being preferred to after, and
+" ends after a:start .
+" Usage:
+" let regexp = s:Wholematch(getline("."), 'foo\|bar', col(".")-1)
+" let i      = match(getline("."), regexp)
+" let j      = matchend(getline("."), regexp)
+" let match  = matchstr(getline("."), regexp)
+fun! s:Wholematch(string, pat, start)
+  let group = '\%(' . a:pat . '\)'
+  let prefix = (a:start ? '\(^.*\%<' . (a:start + 2) . 'c\)\zs' : '^')
+  let len = strlen(a:string)
+  let suffix = (a:start+1 < len ? '\(\%>'.(a:start+1).'c.*$\)\@=' : '$')
+  if a:string !~ prefix . group . suffix
+    let prefix = ''
+  endif
+  return prefix . group . suffix
+endfun
+
+" No extra arguments:  s:Ref(string, d) will
+" find the d'th occurrence of '\(' and return it, along with everything up
+" to and including the matching '\)'.
+" One argument:  s:Ref(string, d, "start") returns the index of the start
+" of the d'th '\(' and any other argument returns the length of the group.
+" Two arguments:  s:Ref(string, d, "foo", "bar") returns a string to be
+" executed, having the effect of
+"   :let foo = s:Ref(string, d, "start")
+"   :let bar = s:Ref(string, d, "len")
+fun! s:Ref(string, d, ...)
+  let len = strlen(a:string)
+  if a:d == 0
+    let start = 0
+  else
+    let cnt = a:d
+    let match = a:string
+    while cnt
+      let cnt = cnt - 1
+      let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(')
+      if index == -1
+        return ""
+      endif
+      let match = strpart(match, index)
+    endwhile
+    let start = len - strlen(match)
+    if a:0 == 1 && a:1 == "start"
+      return start - 2
+    endif
+    let cnt = 1
+    while cnt
+      let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(\|\\)') - 1
+      if index == -2
+        return ""
+      endif
+      " Increment if an open, decrement if a ')':
+      let cnt = cnt + (match[index]=="(" ? 1 : -1)  " ')'
+      let match = strpart(match, index+1)
+    endwhile
+    let start = start - 2
+    let len = len - start - strlen(match)
+  endif
+  if a:0 == 1
+    return len
+  elseif a:0 == 2
+    return "let " . a:1 . "=" . start . "| let " . a:2 . "=" . len
+  else
+    return strpart(a:string, start, len)
+  endif
+endfun
+
+" Count the number of disjoint copies of pattern in string.
+" If the pattern is a literal string and contains no '0' or '1' characters
+" then s:Count(string, pattern, '0', '1') should be faster than
+" s:Count(string, pattern).
+fun! s:Count(string, pattern, ...)
+  let pat = escape(a:pattern, '\\')
+  if a:0 > 1
+    let foo = substitute(a:string, '[^'.a:pattern.']', "a:1", "g")
+    let foo = substitute(a:string, pat, a:2, "g")
+    let foo = substitute(foo, '[^' . a:2 . ']', "", "g")
+    return strlen(foo)
+  endif
+  let result = 0
+  let foo = a:string
+  let index = matchend(foo, pat)
+  while index != -1
+    let result = result + 1
+    let foo = strpart(foo, index)
+    let index = matchend(foo, pat)
+  endwhile
+  return result
+endfun
+
+" s:Resolve('\(a\)\(b\)', '\(c\)\2\1\1\2') should return table.word, where
+" word = '\(c\)\(b\)\(a\)\3\2' and table = '-32-------'.  That is, the first
+" '\1' in target is replaced by '\(a\)' in word, table[1] = 3, and this
+" indicates that all other instances of '\1' in target are to be replaced
+" by '\3'.  The hard part is dealing with nesting...
+" Note that ":" is an illegal character for source and target,
+" unless it is preceded by "\".
+fun! s:Resolve(source, target, output)
+  let word = a:target
+  let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
+  let table = "----------"
+  while i != -2 " There are back references to be replaced.
+    let d = word[i]
+    let backref = s:Ref(a:source, d)
+    " The idea is to replace '\d' with backref.  Before we do this,
+    " replace any \(\) groups in backref with :1, :2, ... if they
+    " correspond to the first, second, ... group already inserted
+    " into backref.  Later, replace :1 with \1 and so on.  The group
+    " number w+b within backref corresponds to the group number
+    " s within a:source.
+    " w = number of '\(' in word before the current one
+    let w = s:Count(
+    \ substitute(strpart(word, 0, i-1), '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
+    let b = 1 " number of the current '\(' in backref
+    let s = d " number of the current '\(' in a:source
+    while b <= s:Count(substitute(backref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
+    \ && s < 10
+      if table[s] == "-"
+        if w + b < 10
+          " let table[s] = w + b
+          let table = strpart(table, 0, s) . (w+b) . strpart(table, s+1)
+        endif
+        let b = b + 1
+        let s = s + 1
+      else
+        execute s:Ref(backref, b, "start", "len")
+        let ref = strpart(backref, start, len)
+        let backref = strpart(backref, 0, start) . ":". table[s]
+        \ . strpart(backref, start+len)
+        let s = s + s:Count(substitute(ref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
+      endif
+    endwhile
+    let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1) . backref . strpart(word, i+1)
+    let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
+  endwhile
+  let word = substitute(word, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\', 'g')
+  if a:output == "table"
+    return table
+  elseif a:output == "word"
+    return word
+  else
+    return table . word
+  endif
+endfun
+
+" Assume a:comma = ",".  Then the format for a:patterns and a:1 is
+"   a:patterns = "<pat1>,<pat2>,..."
+"   a:1 = "<alt1>,<alt2>,..."
+" If <patn> is the first pattern that matches a:string then return <patn>
+" if no optional arguments are given; return <patn>,<altn> if a:1 is given.
+fun! s:Choose(patterns, string, comma, branch, prefix, suffix, ...)
+  let tail = (a:patterns =~ a:comma."$" ? a:patterns : a:patterns . a:comma)
+  let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
+  if a:0
+    let alttail = (a:1 =~ a:comma."$" ? a:1 : a:1 . a:comma)
+    let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
+  endif
+  let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
+  if a:branch == ""
+    let currpat = current
+  else
+    let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
+  endif
+  while a:string !~ a:prefix . currpat . a:suffix
+    let tail = strpart(tail, i)
+    let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
+    if i == -1
+      return -1
+    endif
+    let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
+    if a:branch == ""
+      let currpat = current
+    else
+      let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
+    endif
+    if a:0
+      let alttail = strpart(alttail, j)
+      let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  if a:0
+    let current = current . a:comma . strpart(alttail, 0, j-1)
+  endif
+  return current
+endfun
+
+fun! matchit#Match_debug()
+  let b:match_debug = 1 " Save debugging information.
+  " pat = all of b:match_words with backrefs parsed
+  amenu &Matchit.&pat   :echo b:match_pat<CR>
+  " match = bit of text that is recognized as a match
+  amenu &Matchit.&match :echo b:match_match<CR>
+  " curcol = cursor column of the start of the matching text
+  amenu &Matchit.&curcol        :echo b:match_col<CR>
+  " wholeBR = matching group, original version
+  amenu &Matchit.wh&oleBR       :echo b:match_wholeBR<CR>
+  " iniBR = 'if' piece, original version
+  amenu &Matchit.ini&BR :echo b:match_iniBR<CR>
+  " ini = 'if' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
+  amenu &Matchit.&ini   :echo b:match_ini<CR>
+  " tail = 'else\|endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
+  amenu &Matchit.&tail  :echo b:match_tail<CR>
+  " fin = 'endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
+  amenu &Matchit.&word  :echo b:match_word<CR>
+  " '\'.d in ini refers to the same thing as '\'.table[d] in word.
+  amenu &Matchit.t&able :echo '0:' . b:match_table . ':9'<CR>
+endfun
+
+" Jump to the nearest unmatched "(" or "if" or "<tag>" if a:spflag == "bW"
+" or the nearest unmatched "</tag>" or "endif" or ")" if a:spflag == "W".
+" Return a "mark" for the original position, so that
+"   let m = MultiMatch("bW", "n") ... call winrestview(m)
+" will return to the original position.  If there is a problem, do not
+" move the cursor and return {}, unless a count is given, in which case
+" go up or down as many levels as possible and again return {}.
+" TODO This relies on the same patterns as % matching.  It might be a good
+" idea to give it its own matching patterns.
+fun! matchit#MultiMatch(spflag, mode)
+  let restore_options = s:RestoreOptions()
+  let startpos = [line("."), col(".")]
+  " save v:count1 variable, might be reset from the restore_cursor command
+  let level = v:count1
+  if a:mode == "o" && mode(1) !~# '[vV]'
+    exe "norm! v"
+  endif
+
+  " First step:  if not already done, set the script variables
+  "   s:do_BR   flag for whether there are backrefs
+  "   s:pat     parsed version of b:match_words
+  "   s:all     regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
+  " This part is copied and slightly modified from matchit#Match_wrapper().
+  if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
+    let match_words = ""
+    " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
+  elseif b:match_words =~ ":"
+    let match_words = b:match_words
+  else
+    execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
+  endif
+  if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
+    \ exists("b:match_debug")
+    let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
+      \ '\/\*:\*\/,#\s*if\%(n\=def\)\=:#\s*else\>:#\s*elif\>:#\s*endif\>'
+    let s:last_mps = &mps
+    let match_words = match_words . (strlen(match_words) ? "," : "") . default
+    let s:last_words = match_words
+    if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
+      let s:do_BR = 0
+      let s:pat = match_words
+    else
+      let s:do_BR = 1
+      let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
+    endif
+    let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:pat, '[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g') . '\)'
+    if exists("b:match_debug")
+      let b:match_pat = s:pat
+    endif
+    " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
+    let s:patBR = substitute(match_words.',',
+      \ s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
+    let s:patBR = substitute(s:patBR, s:notslash.'\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
+  endif
+
+  " Second step:  figure out the patterns for searchpair()
+  " and save the screen, cursor position, and 'ignorecase'.
+  " - TODO:  A lot of this is copied from matchit#Match_wrapper().
+  " - maybe even more functionality should be split off
+  " - into separate functions!
+  let openlist = split(s:pat . ',', s:notslash . '\zs:.\{-}' . s:notslash . ',')
+  let midclolist = split(',' . s:pat, s:notslash . '\zs,.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':')
+  call map(midclolist, {-> split(v:val, s:notslash . ':')})
+  let closelist = []
+  let middlelist = []
+  call map(midclolist, {i,v -> [extend(closelist, v[-1 : -1]),
+        \ extend(middlelist, v[0 : -2])]})
+  call map(openlist,   {i,v -> v =~# s:notslash . '\\|' ? '\%(' . v . '\)' : v})
+  call map(middlelist, {i,v -> v =~# s:notslash . '\\|' ? '\%(' . v . '\)' : v})
+  call map(closelist,  {i,v -> v =~# s:notslash . '\\|' ? '\%(' . v . '\)' : v})
+  let open   = join(openlist, ',')
+  let middle = join(middlelist, ',')
+  let close  = join(closelist, ',')
+  if exists("b:match_skip")
+    let skip = b:match_skip
+  elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
+    let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
+  else
+    let skip = 's:comment\|string'
+  endif
+  let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
+  let view = winsaveview()
+
+  " Third step: call searchpair().
+  " Replace '\('--but not '\\('--with '\%(' and ',' with '\|'.
+  let openpat = substitute(open, '\%(' . s:notslash . '\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+  let openpat = substitute(openpat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
+  let closepat = substitute(close, '\%(' . s:notslash . '\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+  let closepat = substitute(closepat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
+  let middlepat = substitute(middle, '\%(' . s:notslash . '\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+  let middlepat = substitute(middlepat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
+
+  if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
+    let skip = '0'
+  else
+    try
+      execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
+    catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E363/
+      " We won't find anything, so skip searching, should keep Vim responsive.
+      return {}
+    endtry
+  endif
+  mark '
+  while level
+    if searchpair(openpat, middlepat, closepat, a:spflag, skip) < 1
+      call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startpos)
+      return {}
+    endif
+    let level = level - 1
+  endwhile
+
+  " Restore options and return a string to restore the original position.
+  call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startpos)
+  return view
+endfun
+
+" Search backwards for "if" or "while" or "<tag>" or ...
+" and return "endif" or "endwhile" or "</tag>" or ... .
+" For now, this uses b:match_words and the same script variables
+" as matchit#Match_wrapper() .  Later, it may get its own patterns,
+" either from a buffer variable or passed as arguments.
+" fun! s:Autocomplete()
+"   echo "autocomplete not yet implemented :-("
+"   if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
+"     return ""
+"   end
+"   let startpos = matchit#MultiMatch("bW")
+"
+"   if startpos == ""
+"     return ""
+"   endif
+"   " - TODO:  figure out whether 'if' or '<tag>' matched, and construct
+"   " - the appropriate closing.
+"   let matchline = getline(".")
+"   let curcol = col(".") - 1
+"   " - TODO:  Change the s:all argument if there is a new set of match pats.
+"   let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, curcol)
+"   let suf = strlen(matchline) - matchend(matchline, regexp)
+"   let prefix = (curcol ? '^.\{'  . curcol . '}\%(' : '^\%(')
+"   let suffix = (suf ? '\).\{' . suf . '}$'  : '\)$')
+"   " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
+"   let patBR = substitute(b:match_words.',', '[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
+"   let patBR = substitute(patBR, ':\{2,}', ':', "g")
+"   " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
+"   " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.
+"   let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
+"   let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
+"   let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
+"   let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
+"   " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
+"   if s:do_BR
+"     let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
+"   endif
+" " let g:group = group
+"
+"   " - TODO:  Construct the closing from group.
+"   let fake = "end" . expand("<cword>")
+"   execute startpos
+"   return fake
+" endfun
+
+" Close all open structures.  "Get the heck out of here!"
+" fun! s:Gthhoh()
+"   let close = s:Autocomplete()
+"   while strlen(close)
+"     put=close
+"     let close = s:Autocomplete()
+"   endwhile
+" endfun
+
+" Parse special strings as typical skip arguments for searchpair():
+"   s:foo becomes (current syntax item) =~ foo
+"   S:foo becomes (current syntax item) !~ foo
+"   r:foo becomes (line before cursor) =~ foo
+"   R:foo becomes (line before cursor) !~ foo
+fun! s:ParseSkip(str)
+  let skip = a:str
+  if skip[1] == ":"
+    if skip[0] == "s"
+      let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') =~? '" .
+        \ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
+    elseif skip[0] == "S"
+      let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') !~? '" .
+        \ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
+    elseif skip[0] == "r"
+      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))=~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
+    elseif skip[0] == "R"
+      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))!~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
+    endif
+  endif
+  return skip
+endfun
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+
+" vim:sts=2:sw=2:et:

runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/matchit.txt

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 *matchit.txt*   Extended "%" matching
 
 For instructions on installing this file, type
-	:help matchit-install
+	`:help matchit-install`
 inside Vim.
 
-For Vim version 6.3.  Last change:  2018 Dec 31
+For Vim version 8.1.  Last change:  2019 Jan 28
 
 
-		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Benji Fisher
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Benji Fisher et al
 
 *matchit* *matchit.vim*
 
@@ -69,12 +69,8 @@ for how to specify matching patterns.
 
 MODES:			*matchit-modes* *matchit-v_%* *matchit-o_%*
 
-Mostly, % and related motions (|g%| and |[%| and |]%|) work just like built-in
-|motion| commands in |Operator-pending| and |Visual| modes.  However, you
-cannot make these motions |linewise| or |characterwise|, since the |:omap|s
-that define them start with "v" in order to make the default behavior
-inclusive.  (See |o_v|.)  In other words, "dV%" will not work.  The
-work-around is to go through Visual mode:  "V%d" will work.
+Mostly, % and related motions (|g%| and |[%| and |]%|) should just work like built-in
+|motion| commands in |Operator-pending| and |Visual| modes (as of 8.1.648)
 
 LANGUAGES:					*matchit-languages*
 
@@ -386,16 +382,10 @@ try to respond to reports of bugs that cause real problems.  If it does not
 cause serious problems, or if there is a work-around, a bug may sit there for
 a while.  Moral:  if a bug (known or not) bothers you, let me know.
 
-The various |:vmap|s defined in the script (%, |g%|, |[%|, |]%|, |a%|) may
-have undesired effects in Select mode |Select-mode-mapping|.  At least, if you
-want to replace the selection with any character in "ag%[]" there will be a
-pause of |'updatetime'| first. E.g., "yV%" would normally work linewise, but
-the plugin mapping makes it characterwise.
-
 It would be nice if "\0" were recognized as the entire pattern.  That is, it
 would be nice if "foo:\end\0" had the same effect as "\(foo\):\end\1".  I may
 try to implement this in a future version.  (This is not so easy to arrange as
 you might think!)
 
 ==============================================================================
-vim:tw=78:fo=tcq2:
+vim:tw=78:fo=tcq2:ft=help:

runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/plugin/matchit.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 "  matchit.vim: (global plugin) Extended "%" matching
-"  Last Change: 2018 Dec 31
-"  Maintainer:  Benji Fisher PhD   <benji@member.AMS.org>
-"  Version:     1.13.3, for Vim 6.3+
-"		Fix from Fernando Torres included.
-"		Improvement from Ken Takata included.
-"  URL:		http://www.vim.org/script.php?script_id=39
+"  Maintainer:  Christian Brabandt
+"  Version:     1.15
+"  Last Change: 2019 Jan 28
+"  Repository:  https://github.com/chrisbra/matchit
+"  Previous URL:http://www.vim.org/script.php?script_id=39
+"  Previous Maintainer:  Benji Fisher PhD   <benji@member.AMS.org>
 
 " Documentation:
-"  The documentation is in a separate file, matchit.txt .
+"  The documentation is in a separate file: ../doc/matchit.txt .
 
 " Credits:
 "  Vim editor by Bram Moolenaar (Thanks, Bram!)
@@ -38,789 +38,55 @@
 "   work but extend it.
 
 " Allow user to prevent loading and prevent duplicate loading.
-if exists("loaded_matchit") || &cp
+if exists("g:loaded_matchit") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let loaded_matchit = 1
-let s:last_mps = ""
-let s:last_words = ":"
-let s:patBR = ""
+let g:loaded_matchit = 1
 
 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-nnoremap <silent> %  :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'n') <CR>
-nnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'n') <CR>
-vnoremap <silent> %  :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'v') <CR>m'gv``
-vnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'v') <CR>m'gv``
-onoremap <silent> %  v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'o') <CR>
-onoremap <silent> g% v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'o') <CR>
+nnoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitNormalForward)     :<C-U>call matchit#Match_wrapper('',1,'n')<CR>
+nnoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitNormalBackward)    :<C-U>call matchit#Match_wrapper('',0,'n')<CR>
+vnoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitVisualForward)     :<C-U>call matchit#Match_wrapper('',1,'v')<CR>m'gv``
+vnoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitVisualBackward)    :<C-U>call matchit#Match_wrapper('',0,'v')<CR>m'gv``
+onoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitOperationForward)  :<C-U>call matchit#Match_wrapper('',1,'o')<CR>
+onoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitOperationBackward) :<C-U>call matchit#Match_wrapper('',0,'o')<CR>
+
+nmap <silent> %  <Plug>(MatchitNormalForward)
+nmap <silent> g% <Plug>(MatchitNormalBackward)
+xmap <silent> %  <Plug>(MatchitVisualForward)
+xmap <silent> g% <Plug>(MatchitVisualBackward)
+omap <silent> %  <Plug>(MatchitOperationForward)
+omap <silent> g% <Plug>(MatchitOperationBackward)
 
 " Analogues of [{ and ]} using matching patterns:
-nnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "n") <CR>
-nnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W",  "n") <CR>
-vmap [% <Esc>[%m'gv``
-vmap ]% <Esc>]%m'gv``
-" vnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "v") <CR>m'gv``
-" vnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W",  "v") <CR>m'gv``
-onoremap <silent> [% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "o") <CR>
-onoremap <silent> ]% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W",  "o") <CR>
+nnoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitNormalMultiBackward)    :<C-U>call matchit#MultiMatch("bW", "n")<CR>
+nnoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitNormalMultiForward)     :<C-U>call matchit#MultiMatch("W",  "n")<CR>
+vnoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitVisualMultiBackward)    :<C-U>call matchit#MultiMatch("bW", "n")<CR>m'gv``
+vnoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitVisualMultiForward)     :<C-U>call matchit#MultiMatch("W",  "n")<CR>m'gv``
+onoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitOperationMultiBackward) :<C-U>call matchit#MultiMatch("bW", "o")<CR>
+onoremap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitOperationMultiForward)  :<C-U>call matchit#MultiMatch("W",  "o")<CR>
+
+nmap <silent> [% <Plug>(MatchitNormalMultiBackward)
+nmap <silent> ]% <Plug>(MatchitNormalMultiForward)
+xmap <silent> [% <Plug>(MatchitVisualMultiBackward)
+xmap <silent> ]% <Plug>(MatchitVisualMultiForward)
+omap <silent> [% <Plug>(MatchitOperationMultiBackward)
+omap <silent> ]% <Plug>(MatchitOperationMultiForward)
 
 " text object:
-vmap a% <Esc>[%v]%
-
-" Auto-complete mappings:  (not yet "ready for prime time")
-" TODO Read :help write-plugin for the "right" way to let the user
-" specify a key binding.
-"   let g:match_auto = '<C-]>'
-"   let g:match_autoCR = '<C-CR>'
-" if exists("g:match_auto")
-"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_auto . ' x<Esc>"=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>Pls'
-" endif
-" if exists("g:match_autoCR")
-"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_autoCR . ' <CR><C-R>=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>'
-" endif
-" if exists("g:match_gthhoh")
-"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_gthhoh . ' <C-O>:call <SID>Gthhoh()<CR>'
-" endif " gthhoh = "Get the heck out of here!"
-
-let s:notslash = '\\\@<!\%(\\\\\)*'
-
-function! s:Match_wrapper(word, forward, mode) range
-  " In s:CleanUp(), :execute "set" restore_options .
-  let restore_options = ""
-  if exists("b:match_ignorecase") && b:match_ignorecase != &ic
-    let restore_options .= (&ic ? " " : " no") . "ignorecase"
-    let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
-  endif
-  if &ve != ''
-    let restore_options = " ve=" . &ve . restore_options
-    set ve=
-  endif
-  " If this function was called from Visual mode, make sure that the cursor
-  " is at the correct end of the Visual range:
-  if a:mode == "v"
-    execute "normal! gv\<Esc>"
-  endif
-  " In s:CleanUp(), we may need to check whether the cursor moved forward.
-  let startline = line(".")
-  let startcol = col(".")
-  " Use default behavior if called with a count.
-  if v:count
-    exe "normal! " . v:count . "%"
-    return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-  end
-
-  " First step:  if not already done, set the script variables
-  "   s:do_BR	flag for whether there are backrefs
-  "   s:pat	parsed version of b:match_words
-  "   s:all	regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
-  "
-  if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-    let match_words = ""
-    " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
-  elseif b:match_words =~ ":"
-    let match_words = b:match_words
-  else
-    execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
-  endif
-" Thanks to Preben "Peppe" Guldberg and Bram Moolenaar for this suggestion!
-  if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps)
-      \ || exists("b:match_debug")
-    let s:last_mps = &mps
-    " The next several lines were here before
-    " BF started messing with this script.
-    " quote the special chars in 'matchpairs', replace [,:] with \| and then
-    " append the builtin pairs (/*, */, #if, #ifdef, #else, #elif, #endif)
-    " let default = substitute(escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]'), '[,:]\+',
-    "  \ '\\|', 'g').'\|\/\*\|\*\/\|#if\>\|#ifdef\>\|#else\>\|#elif\>\|#endif\>'
-    let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-      \ '\/\*:\*\/,#\s*if\%(def\)\=:#\s*else\>:#\s*elif\>:#\s*endif\>'
-    " s:all = pattern with all the keywords
-    let match_words = match_words . (strlen(match_words) ? "," : "") . default
-    let s:last_words = match_words
-    if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
-      let s:do_BR = 0
-      let s:pat = match_words
-    else
-      let s:do_BR = 1
-      let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
-    endif
-    let s:all = substitute(s:pat, s:notslash . '\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g')
-    let s:all = '\%(' . s:all . '\)'
-    " let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:all, '\\\ze[,:]', '', 'g') . '\)'
-    if exists("b:match_debug")
-      let b:match_pat = s:pat
-    endif
-    " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
-    let s:patBR = substitute(match_words.',',
-      \ s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-    let s:patBR = substitute(s:patBR, s:notslash.'\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
-  endif
-
-  " Second step:  set the following local variables:
-  "     matchline = line on which the cursor started
-  "     curcol    = number of characters before match
-  "     prefix    = regexp for start of line to start of match
-  "     suffix    = regexp for end of match to end of line
-  " Require match to end on or after the cursor and prefer it to
-  " start on or before the cursor.
-  let matchline = getline(startline)
-  if a:word != ''
-    " word given
-    if a:word !~ s:all
-      echohl WarningMsg|echo 'Missing rule for word:"'.a:word.'"'|echohl NONE
-      return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-    endif
-    let matchline = a:word
-    let curcol = 0
-    let prefix = '^\%('
-    let suffix = '\)$'
-  " Now the case when "word" is not given
-  else	" Find the match that ends on or after the cursor and set curcol.
-    let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, startcol-1)
-    let curcol = match(matchline, regexp)
-    " If there is no match, give up.
-    if curcol == -1
-      return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-    endif
-    let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
-    let suf = strlen(matchline) - endcol
-    let prefix = (curcol ? '^.*\%'  . (curcol + 1) . 'c\%(' : '^\%(')
-    let suffix = (suf ? '\)\%' . (endcol + 1) . 'c.*$'  : '\)$')
-  endif
-  if exists("b:match_debug")
-    let b:match_match = matchstr(matchline, regexp)
-    let b:match_col = curcol+1
-  endif
-
-  " Third step:  Find the group and single word that match, and the original
-  " (backref) versions of these.  Then, resolve the backrefs.
-  " Set the following local variable:
-  " group = colon-separated list of patterns, one of which matches
-  "       = ini:mid:fin or ini:fin
-  "
-  " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
-  " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.  A bit of a kluge:  s:Choose() returns
-  " group . "," . groupBR, and we pick it apart.
-  let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, s:patBR)
-  let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
-  let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
-  let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-  " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
-  if s:do_BR " Do the hard part:  resolve those backrefs!
-    let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-  endif
-  if exists("b:match_debug")
-    let b:match_wholeBR = groupBR
-    let i = matchend(groupBR, s:notslash . ":")
-    let b:match_iniBR = strpart(groupBR, 0, i-1)
-  endif
-
-  " Fourth step:  Set the arguments for searchpair().
-  let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ":")
-  let j = matchend(group, '.*' . s:notslash . ":")
-  let ini = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-  let mid = substitute(strpart(group, i,j-i-1), s:notslash.'\zs:', '\\|', 'g')
-  let fin = strpart(group, j)
-  "Un-escape the remaining , and : characters.
-  let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-  let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-  let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-  " searchpair() requires that these patterns avoid \(\) groups.
-  let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-  let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-  let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-  " Set mid.  This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
-  if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
-    \ || !a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . ini . suffix
-    let mid = ""
-  endif
-  " Set flag.  This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
-  if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
-    \ || !a:forward && matchline !~ prefix . ini . suffix
-    let flag = "bW"
-  else
-    let flag = "W"
-  endif
-  " Set skip.
-  if exists("b:match_skip")
-    let skip = b:match_skip
-  elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
-    let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
-  else
-    let skip = 's:comment\|string'
-  endif
-  let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
-  if exists("b:match_debug")
-    let b:match_ini = ini
-    let b:match_tail = (strlen(mid) ? mid.'\|' : '') . fin
-  endif
-
-  " Fifth step:  actually start moving the cursor and call searchpair().
-  " Later, :execute restore_cursor to get to the original screen.
-  let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
-  normal! g0
-  let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" .  virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
-  normal! H
-  let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-  execute restore_cursor
-  call cursor(0, curcol + 1)
-  " normal! 0
-  " if curcol
-  "   execute "normal!" . curcol . "l"
-  " endif
-  if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
-    let skip = '0'
-  else
-    execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
-  endif
-  let sp_return = searchpair(ini, mid, fin, flag, skip)
-  let final_position = "call cursor(" . line(".") . "," . col(".") . ")"
-  " Restore cursor position and original screen.
-  execute restore_cursor
-  normal! m'
-  if sp_return > 0
-    execute final_position
-  endif
-  return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol, mid.'\|'.fin)
-endfun
-
-" Restore options and do some special handling for Operator-pending mode.
-" The optional argument is the tail of the matching group.
-fun! s:CleanUp(options, mode, startline, startcol, ...)
-  if strlen(a:options)
-    execute "set" a:options
-  endif
-  " Open folds, if appropriate.
-  if a:mode != "o"
-    if &foldopen =~ "percent"
-      normal! zv
-    endif
-    " In Operator-pending mode, we want to include the whole match
-    " (for example, d%).
-    " This is only a problem if we end up moving in the forward direction.
-  elseif (a:startline < line(".")) ||
-	\ (a:startline == line(".") && a:startcol < col("."))
-    if a:0
-      " Check whether the match is a single character.  If not, move to the
-      " end of the match.
-      let matchline = getline(".")
-      let currcol = col(".")
-      let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, a:1, currcol-1)
-      let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
-      if endcol > currcol  " This is NOT off by one!
-	call cursor(0, endcol)
-      endif
-    endif " a:0
-  endif " a:mode != "o" && etc.
-  return 0
-endfun
-
-" Example (simplified HTML patterns):  if
-"   a:groupBR	= '<\(\k\+\)>:</\1>'
-"   a:prefix	= '^.\{3}\('
-"   a:group	= '<\(\k\+\)>:</\(\k\+\)>'
-"   a:suffix	= '\).\{2}$'
-"   a:matchline	=  "123<tag>12" or "123</tag>12"
-" then extract "tag" from a:matchline and return "<tag>:</tag>" .
-fun! s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-  if a:matchline !~ a:prefix .
-    \ substitute(a:group, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\|', 'g') . a:suffix
-    return a:group
-  endif
-  let i = matchend(a:groupBR, s:notslash . ':')
-  let ini = strpart(a:groupBR, 0, i-1)
-  let tailBR = strpart(a:groupBR, i)
-  let word = s:Choose(a:group, a:matchline, ":", "", a:prefix, a:suffix,
-    \ a:groupBR)
-  let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . ":")
-  let wordBR = strpart(word, i)
-  let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1)
-  " Now, a:matchline =~ a:prefix . word . a:suffix
-  if wordBR != ini
-    let table = s:Resolve(ini, wordBR, "table")
-  else
-    " let table = "----------"
-    let table = ""
-    let d = 0
-    while d < 10
-      if tailBR =~ s:notslash . '\\' . d
-	" let table[d] = d
-	let table = table . d
-      else
-	let table = table . "-"
-      endif
-      let d = d + 1
-    endwhile
-  endif
-  let d = 9
-  while d
-    if table[d] != "-"
-      let backref = substitute(a:matchline, a:prefix.word.a:suffix,
-	\ '\'.table[d], "")
-	" Are there any other characters that should be escaped?
-      let backref = escape(backref, '*,:')
-      execute s:Ref(ini, d, "start", "len")
-      let ini = strpart(ini, 0, start) . backref . strpart(ini, start+len)
-      let tailBR = substitute(tailBR, s:notslash . '\zs\\' . d,
-	\ escape(backref, '\\&'), 'g')
-    endif
-    let d = d-1
-  endwhile
-  if exists("b:match_debug")
-    if s:do_BR
-      let b:match_table = table
-      let b:match_word = word
-    else
-      let b:match_table = ""
-      let b:match_word = ""
-    endif
-  endif
-  return ini . ":" . tailBR
-endfun
-
-" Input a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs, such as
-"   a:groups = '\(foo\):end\1,\(bar\):end\1'
-" and return a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs replaced:
-"   return '\(foo\):end\(foo\),\(bar\):end\(bar\)'
-fun! s:ParseWords(groups)
-  let groups = substitute(a:groups.",", s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-  let groups = substitute(groups, s:notslash . '\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
-  let parsed = ""
-  while groups =~ '[^,:]'
-    let i = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ':')
-    let j = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ',')
-    let ini = strpart(groups, 0, i-1)
-    let tail = strpart(groups, i, j-i-1) . ":"
-    let groups = strpart(groups, j)
-    let parsed = parsed . ini
-    let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
-    while i != -1
-      " In 'if:else:endif', ini='if' and word='else' and then word='endif'.
-      let word = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-      let tail = strpart(tail, i)
-      let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
-      let parsed = parsed . ":" . s:Resolve(ini, word, "word")
-    endwhile " Now, tail has been used up.
-    let parsed = parsed . ","
-  endwhile " groups =~ '[^,:]'
-  let parsed = substitute(parsed, ',$', '', '')
-  return parsed
-endfun
-
-" TODO I think this can be simplified and/or made more efficient.
-" TODO What should I do if a:start is out of range?
-" Return a regexp that matches all of a:string, such that
-" matchstr(a:string, regexp) represents the match for a:pat that starts
-" as close to a:start as possible, before being preferred to after, and
-" ends after a:start .
-" Usage:
-" let regexp = s:Wholematch(getline("."), 'foo\|bar', col(".")-1)
-" let i      = match(getline("."), regexp)
-" let j      = matchend(getline("."), regexp)
-" let match  = matchstr(getline("."), regexp)
-fun! s:Wholematch(string, pat, start)
-  let group = '\%(' . a:pat . '\)'
-  let prefix = (a:start ? '\(^.*\%<' . (a:start + 2) . 'c\)\zs' : '^')
-  let len = strlen(a:string)
-  let suffix = (a:start+1 < len ? '\(\%>'.(a:start+1).'c.*$\)\@=' : '$')
-  if a:string !~ prefix . group . suffix
-    let prefix = ''
-  endif
-  return prefix . group . suffix
-endfun
-
-" No extra arguments:  s:Ref(string, d) will
-" find the d'th occurrence of '\(' and return it, along with everything up
-" to and including the matching '\)'.
-" One argument:  s:Ref(string, d, "start") returns the index of the start
-" of the d'th '\(' and any other argument returns the length of the group.
-" Two arguments:  s:Ref(string, d, "foo", "bar") returns a string to be
-" executed, having the effect of
-"   :let foo = s:Ref(string, d, "start")
-"   :let bar = s:Ref(string, d, "len")
-fun! s:Ref(string, d, ...)
-  let len = strlen(a:string)
-  if a:d == 0
-    let start = 0
-  else
-    let cnt = a:d
-    let match = a:string
-    while cnt
-      let cnt = cnt - 1
-      let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(')
-      if index == -1
-	return ""
-      endif
-      let match = strpart(match, index)
-    endwhile
-    let start = len - strlen(match)
-    if a:0 == 1 && a:1 == "start"
-      return start - 2
-    endif
-    let cnt = 1
-    while cnt
-      let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(\|\\)') - 1
-      if index == -2
-	return ""
-      endif
-      " Increment if an open, decrement if a ')':
-      let cnt = cnt + (match[index]=="(" ? 1 : -1)  " ')'
-      " let cnt = stridx('0(', match[index]) + cnt
-      let match = strpart(match, index+1)
-    endwhile
-    let start = start - 2
-    let len = len - start - strlen(match)
-  endif
-  if a:0 == 1
-    return len
-  elseif a:0 == 2
-    return "let " . a:1 . "=" . start . "| let " . a:2 . "=" . len
-  else
-    return strpart(a:string, start, len)
-  endif
-endfun
-
-" Count the number of disjoint copies of pattern in string.
-" If the pattern is a literal string and contains no '0' or '1' characters
-" then s:Count(string, pattern, '0', '1') should be faster than
-" s:Count(string, pattern).
-fun! s:Count(string, pattern, ...)
-  let pat = escape(a:pattern, '\\')
-  if a:0 > 1
-    let foo = substitute(a:string, '[^'.a:pattern.']', "a:1", "g")
-    let foo = substitute(a:string, pat, a:2, "g")
-    let foo = substitute(foo, '[^' . a:2 . ']', "", "g")
-    return strlen(foo)
-  endif
-  let result = 0
-  let foo = a:string
-  let index = matchend(foo, pat)
-  while index != -1
-    let result = result + 1
-    let foo = strpart(foo, index)
-    let index = matchend(foo, pat)
-  endwhile
-  return result
-endfun
-
-" s:Resolve('\(a\)\(b\)', '\(c\)\2\1\1\2') should return table.word, where
-" word = '\(c\)\(b\)\(a\)\3\2' and table = '-32-------'.  That is, the first
-" '\1' in target is replaced by '\(a\)' in word, table[1] = 3, and this
-" indicates that all other instances of '\1' in target are to be replaced
-" by '\3'.  The hard part is dealing with nesting...
-" Note that ":" is an illegal character for source and target,
-" unless it is preceded by "\".
-fun! s:Resolve(source, target, output)
-  let word = a:target
-  let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
-  let table = "----------"
-  while i != -2 " There are back references to be replaced.
-    let d = word[i]
-    let backref = s:Ref(a:source, d)
-    " The idea is to replace '\d' with backref.  Before we do this,
-    " replace any \(\) groups in backref with :1, :2, ... if they
-    " correspond to the first, second, ... group already inserted
-    " into backref.  Later, replace :1 with \1 and so on.  The group
-    " number w+b within backref corresponds to the group number
-    " s within a:source.
-    " w = number of '\(' in word before the current one
-    let w = s:Count(
-    \ substitute(strpart(word, 0, i-1), '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-    let b = 1 " number of the current '\(' in backref
-    let s = d " number of the current '\(' in a:source
-    while b <= s:Count(substitute(backref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-    \ && s < 10
-      if table[s] == "-"
-	if w + b < 10
-	  " let table[s] = w + b
-	  let table = strpart(table, 0, s) . (w+b) . strpart(table, s+1)
-	endif
-	let b = b + 1
-	let s = s + 1
-      else
-	execute s:Ref(backref, b, "start", "len")
-	let ref = strpart(backref, start, len)
-	let backref = strpart(backref, 0, start) . ":". table[s]
-	\ . strpart(backref, start+len)
-	let s = s + s:Count(substitute(ref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-      endif
-    endwhile
-    let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1) . backref . strpart(word, i+1)
-    let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
-  endwhile
-  let word = substitute(word, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\', 'g')
-  if a:output == "table"
-    return table
-  elseif a:output == "word"
-    return word
-  else
-    return table . word
-  endif
-endfun
-
-" Assume a:comma = ",".  Then the format for a:patterns and a:1 is
-"   a:patterns = "<pat1>,<pat2>,..."
-"   a:1 = "<alt1>,<alt2>,..."
-" If <patn> is the first pattern that matches a:string then return <patn>
-" if no optional arguments are given; return <patn>,<altn> if a:1 is given.
-fun! s:Choose(patterns, string, comma, branch, prefix, suffix, ...)
-  let tail = (a:patterns =~ a:comma."$" ? a:patterns : a:patterns . a:comma)
-  let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-  if a:0
-    let alttail = (a:1 =~ a:comma."$" ? a:1 : a:1 . a:comma)
-    let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-  endif
-  let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-  if a:branch == ""
-    let currpat = current
-  else
-    let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
-  endif
-  while a:string !~ a:prefix . currpat . a:suffix
-    let tail = strpart(tail, i)
-    let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-    if i == -1
-      return -1
-    endif
-    let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-    if a:branch == ""
-      let currpat = current
-    else
-      let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
-    endif
-    if a:0
-      let alttail = strpart(alttail, j)
-      let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-    endif
-  endwhile
-  if a:0
-    let current = current . a:comma . strpart(alttail, 0, j-1)
-  endif
-  return current
-endfun
+vmap <silent> <Plug>(MatchitVisualTextObject) <Plug>(MatchitVisualMultiBackward)o<Plug>(MatchitVisualMultiForward)
+xmap a% <Plug>(MatchitVisualTextObject)
 
 " Call this function to turn on debugging information.  Every time the main
 " script is run, buffer variables will be saved.  These can be used directly
 " or viewed using the menu items below.
 if !exists(":MatchDebug")
-  command! -nargs=0 MatchDebug call s:Match_debug()
+  command! -nargs=0 MatchDebug call matchit#Match_debug()
 endif
 
-fun! s:Match_debug()
-  let b:match_debug = 1	" Save debugging information.
-  " pat = all of b:match_words with backrefs parsed
-  amenu &Matchit.&pat	:echo b:match_pat<CR>
-  " match = bit of text that is recognized as a match
-  amenu &Matchit.&match	:echo b:match_match<CR>
-  " curcol = cursor column of the start of the matching text
-  amenu &Matchit.&curcol	:echo b:match_col<CR>
-  " wholeBR = matching group, original version
-  amenu &Matchit.wh&oleBR	:echo b:match_wholeBR<CR>
-  " iniBR = 'if' piece, original version
-  amenu &Matchit.ini&BR	:echo b:match_iniBR<CR>
-  " ini = 'if' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-  amenu &Matchit.&ini	:echo b:match_ini<CR>
-  " tail = 'else\|endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-  amenu &Matchit.&tail	:echo b:match_tail<CR>
-  " fin = 'endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-  amenu &Matchit.&word	:echo b:match_word<CR>
-  " '\'.d in ini refers to the same thing as '\'.table[d] in word.
-  amenu &Matchit.t&able	:echo '0:' . b:match_table . ':9'<CR>
-endfun
-
-" Jump to the nearest unmatched "(" or "if" or "<tag>" if a:spflag == "bW"
-" or the nearest unmatched "</tag>" or "endif" or ")" if a:spflag == "W".
-" Return a "mark" for the original position, so that
-"   let m = MultiMatch("bW", "n") ... execute m
-" will return to the original position.  If there is a problem, do not
-" move the cursor and return "", unless a count is given, in which case
-" go up or down as many levels as possible and again return "".
-" TODO This relies on the same patterns as % matching.  It might be a good
-" idea to give it its own matching patterns.
-fun! s:MultiMatch(spflag, mode)
-  if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-    return ""
-  end
-  let restore_options = ""
-  if exists("b:match_ignorecase") && b:match_ignorecase != &ic
-    let restore_options .= (&ic ? " " : " no") . "ignorecase"
-    let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
-  endif
-  let startline = line(".")
-  let startcol = col(".")
-
-  " First step:  if not already done, set the script variables
-  "   s:do_BR	flag for whether there are backrefs
-  "   s:pat	parsed version of b:match_words
-  "   s:all	regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
-  " This part is copied and slightly modified from s:Match_wrapper().
-  let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-    \ '\/\*:\*\/,#\s*if\%(def\)\=:#\s*else\>:#\s*elif\>:#\s*endif\>'
-  " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
-  if b:match_words =~ ":"
-    let match_words = b:match_words
-  else
-    execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
-  endif
-  if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
-    \ exists("b:match_debug")
-    let s:last_words = match_words
-    let s:last_mps = &mps
-    let match_words = match_words . (strlen(match_words) ? "," : "") . default
-    if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
-      let s:do_BR = 0
-      let s:pat = match_words
-    else
-      let s:do_BR = 1
-      let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
-    endif
-    let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:pat . (strlen(s:pat) ? "," : "") . default,
-	\ '[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g') . '\)'
-    if exists("b:match_debug")
-      let b:match_pat = s:pat
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  " Second step:  figure out the patterns for searchpair()
-  " and save the screen, cursor position, and 'ignorecase'.
-  " - TODO:  A lot of this is copied from s:Match_wrapper().
-  " - maybe even more functionality should be split off
-  " - into separate functions!
-  let cdefault = (s:pat =~ '[^,]$' ? "," : "") . default
-  let open =  substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
-	\ s:notslash . '\zs:.\{-}' . s:notslash . ',', '\\),\\(', 'g')
-  let open =  '\(' . substitute(open, s:notslash . '\zs:.*$', '\\)', '')
-  let close = substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
-	\ s:notslash . '\zs,.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\),\\(', 'g')
-  let close = substitute(close, '^.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\(', '') . '\)'
-  if exists("b:match_skip")
-    let skip = b:match_skip
-  elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
-    let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
-  else
-    let skip = 's:comment\|string'
-  endif
-  let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
-  " save v:count1 variable, might be reset from the restore_cursor command
-  let level = v:count1
-  let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
-  normal! g0
-  let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" .  virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
-  normal! H
-  let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-  execute restore_cursor
-
-  " Third step: call searchpair().
-  " Replace '\('--but not '\\('--with '\%(' and ',' with '\|'.
-  let openpat =  substitute(open, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-  let openpat = substitute(openpat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
-  let closepat = substitute(close, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-  let closepat = substitute(closepat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
-
-  if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
-    let skip = '0'
-  else
-    try
-      execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
-    catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E363/
-      " We won't find anything, so skip searching, should keep Vim responsive.
-      return
-    endtry
-  endif
-  mark '
-  while level
-    if searchpair(openpat, '', closepat, a:spflag, skip) < 1
-      call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-      return ""
-    endif
-    let level = level - 1
-  endwhile
-
-  " Restore options and return a string to restore the original position.
-  call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-  return restore_cursor
-endfun
-
-" Search backwards for "if" or "while" or "<tag>" or ...
-" and return "endif" or "endwhile" or "</tag>" or ... .
-" For now, this uses b:match_words and the same script variables
-" as s:Match_wrapper() .  Later, it may get its own patterns,
-" either from a buffer variable or passed as arguments.
-" fun! s:Autocomplete()
-"   echo "autocomplete not yet implemented :-("
-"   if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-"     return ""
-"   end
-"   let startpos = s:MultiMatch("bW")
-"
-"   if startpos == ""
-"     return ""
-"   endif
-"   " - TODO:  figure out whether 'if' or '<tag>' matched, and construct
-"   " - the appropriate closing.
-"   let matchline = getline(".")
-"   let curcol = col(".") - 1
-"   " - TODO:  Change the s:all argument if there is a new set of match pats.
-"   let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, curcol)
-"   let suf = strlen(matchline) - matchend(matchline, regexp)
-"   let prefix = (curcol ? '^.\{'  . curcol . '}\%(' : '^\%(')
-"   let suffix = (suf ? '\).\{' . suf . '}$'  : '\)$')
-"   " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
-"   let patBR = substitute(b:match_words.',', '[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-"   let patBR = substitute(patBR, ':\{2,}', ':', "g")
-"   " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
-"   " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.
-"   let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
-"   let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
-"   let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
-"   let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-"   " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
-"   if s:do_BR
-"     let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-"   endif
-" " let g:group = group
-"
-"   " - TODO:  Construct the closing from group.
-"   let fake = "end" . expand("<cword>")
-"   execute startpos
-"   return fake
-" endfun
-
-" Close all open structures.  "Get the heck out of here!"
-" fun! s:Gthhoh()
-"   let close = s:Autocomplete()
-"   while strlen(close)
-"     put=close
-"     let close = s:Autocomplete()
-"   endwhile
-" endfun
-
-" Parse special strings as typical skip arguments for searchpair():
-"   s:foo becomes (current syntax item) =~ foo
-"   S:foo becomes (current syntax item) !~ foo
-"   r:foo becomes (line before cursor) =~ foo
-"   R:foo becomes (line before cursor) !~ foo
-fun! s:ParseSkip(str)
-  let skip = a:str
-  if skip[1] == ":"
-    if skip[0] == "s"
-      let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') =~? '" .
-	\ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
-    elseif skip[0] == "S"
-      let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') !~? '" .
-	\ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
-    elseif skip[0] == "r"
-      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))=~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
-    elseif skip[0] == "R"
-      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))!~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
-    endif
-  endif
-  return skip
-endfun
-
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo
 
-" vim:sts=2:sw=2:
+" vim:sts=2:sw=2:et:

runtime/spell/README.txt

@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/dict/.  Most go under the GPL or LGPL copyright.
 
 GENERATING .SPL FILES
 
-This involves downloading the files from the OpenOffice.org server, applying a
+This involves downloading the files from the github server, applying a
 patch and running Vim to generate the .spl file.  To do this all in one go use
 the Aap program (www.a-a-p.org).  It's simple to install, it only requires
-Python.
+Python (http://www.a-a-p.org/download.html)
 
 Before generating spell files, verify your system has the required locale
 support.  Source the check_locales.vim script to find out.  If something is
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ missing, see LOCALE below.
 
 You can also do it manually:
 1. Fetch the right spell file from:
-   http://ftp.services.openoffice.org/pub/OpenOffice.org/contrib/dictionaries
+   https://github.com/LibreOffice/dictionaries
 
 2. Unzip the archive:
 	unzip LL_RR.zip
@@ -56,12 +56,11 @@ Now you understand why I prefer using the Aap recipe :-).
 MAINTAINING A LANGUAGE
 
 Every language should have a maintainer.  His tasks are to track the changes
-in the OpenOffice.org spell files and make updated patches.  Words that
-haven't been added/removed from the OpenOffice lists can also be handled by
-the patches.
+in the spell files and make updated patches.  Words that haven't been
+added/removed from the LibreOffice lists can also be handled by the patches.
 
 It is important to keep the version of the .dic and .aff files that you
-started with.  When OpenOffice brings out new versions of these files you can
+started with.  When LibreOffice brings out new versions of these files you can
 find out what changed and take over these changes in your patch.  When there
 are very many changes you can do it the other way around: re-apply the changes
 for Vim to the new versions of the .dic and .aff files.
@@ -79,20 +78,25 @@ This procedure should work well:
    aren't really words, they mess up the suggestions (English has this
    problem).  You can use the "fixdup.vim" Vim script to find duplicate words.
 
-3. Make the diff file.  "aap diff" will do this for you.  If a diff would be
+3. Include needed parts from the aspell phonetic dictionary to the aff files. For
+   example add the relevant SAL lines to the .aff file (this is needed to make good
+   suggestions). The aspell dictionaries can be found here:
+   https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/dict/0index.html
+
+4. Make the diff file.  "aap diff" will do this for you.  If a diff would be
    too big you might consider writing a Vim script to do systematic changes.
    Do check that someone else can reproduce building the spell file.  Send the
    result to Bram for inclusion in the distribution.  Bram will generate the
    .spl file and upload it to the ftp server (if he can't generate it you will
    have to send him the .spl file too).
 
-4. When OpenOffice makes a new zip file available you need to update the
+5. When OpenOffice makes a new zip file available you need to update the
    patch.  "aap check" should do most of the work for you: if there are
    changes the .new.dic and .new.aff files will appear.  You can now figure
    out the differences with .orig.dic and .orig.aff, adjust the .dic and .aff
    files and finally move the .new.dic to .orig.dic and .new.aff to .orig.aff.
 
-5. Repeat step 4. regularly.
+6. Repeat step 5. regularly.
 
 
 LOCALE